Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaged Foods / Associated British Foods

Associated British Foods

abf · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker abf
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Associated British Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A
s
s
o
c
i
a
t
e
d
B
r
i
t
i
s
h
F
o
o
d
s
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
8

AnnuAl RepoRt And Accounts 

A look at ABF’s brand portfolio

Primark’s expansion across Europe gathers pace

FARMING IN 
HARMONY WITH 
THE COUNTRYSIDE

AB AGRI’S WINNING FORMULA  
IN VOLATILE TIMES

YEAST: 
A BEGINNER’S 
GUIDE TO THE  
MAGIC INGREDIENT
WHAT IS IT AND HOW IS IT MADE?

Associated British Foods plc

Weston centre 
10 Grosvenor street 
london W1K 4QY

t 020 7399 6500 
F 020 7399 6580

For an accessible version of the 
Annual Report and Accounts 
please visit www.abf.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights 2008

£8.2bn

up 21%

£664m

up 7%

Group revenue

Adjusted operating profit*

£632m

up 3%

54.9p

up 4%

Adjusted profit before tax**

Adjusted earnings per share** 

20.25p

up 4% 

Dividends per share

£710m

Net investment in capital 
expenditure and acquisitions

£791m

£554m

 level  

Net debt

Operating profit

£527m

up 4% 

45.2p

down 3% 

Profit before tax

Basic earnings per share

Business highlights
·  KR Castlemaine acquired in Australia –  
   meat and dairy reorganisation announced
·  Patak’s and Blue Dragon integration complete
·  Jordans merged with Ryvita
·  Beet sugar business built in north east China
·  Zambian sugar expansion well under way
·  Primark expansion in Spain

*   before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on the sale of 

PP&E and exceptional items 

**  before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on the sale of 

PP&E, profits less losses on the sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items 

this report contains forward-looking 
statements. these have been made by 
the directors in good faith based on 
the information available to them up 
to the time of their approval of this 
report. the directors can give no 
assurance that these expectations  
will prove to have been correct. 
due to the inherent uncertainties, 
including both economic and business 
risk factors underlying such forward-
looking information, actual results may 
differ materially from those expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking 
statements. the directors undertake 
no obligation to update any forward-
looking statements whether as a result 
of new information, future events  
or otherwise.

Design & Production  
35 communications 

Photography  
Igor emmerich 
louisa parry 
Graham shearer

Print 
this report has been printed on revive 
50:50 silk paper. 

this paper is made from pre and post 
consumer waste and virgin wood fibre, 
independently certified in accordance 
with the Fsc (Forest stewardship 
council). It is manufactured at a  
mill that is certified to Iso14001 
environmental management standards.
the pulp is bleached using an 
elemental chlorine free (ecF) process. 
the inks used are all vegetable oil based.

printed at st Ives Westerham press ltd, 
Iso14001, Fsc certified and 
carbonneutral®

Associated British Foods plc  
Registered office Weston centre  
10 Grosvenor street london W1K 4QY  
company registered in england, 
number 293262

Company secretary  
paul lister 

Registrars and transfer office  
equiniti (formerly lloyds tsB Registrars)  
Aspect House  
spencer Road  
lancing Bn99 6dA 

Auditors  
KpMG Audit plc chartered Accountants 

Bankers  
Barclays Bank plc  
lloyds tsB Bank plc  
the Royal Bank of scotland plc 

Brokers  
credit suisse  
one cabot square london e14 4QJ 

panmure Gordon & co  
Moorgate Hall  
155 Moorgate london ec2M 6XB 

Timetable  
Interim dividend paid  
3 July 2008 

Final dividend to be paid  
9 January 2009 

Annual general meeting  
5 december 2008 

Interim results to be announced  
21 April 2009 

Website  
www.abf.co.uk 

 
Associated British Foods is a diversified 
international food, ingredients and retail  
group with global sales of £8.2bn, and  
96,000 employees in 44 countries. 

Our aim is to achieve strong, sustainable 
leadership positions in markets that offer 
potential for profitable growth. 

We look to achieve this through a combination  
of growth of existing businesses, acquisition of 
complementary new businesses and achievement 
of high levels of operating efficiency.

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Contents

Business review

Our business in action

Financial statements

IFC   Highlights 2008
  2  Group at a glance 
  4  Chairman’s statement 
  6  Operating review 
 16  Financial review 
 18  Board of directors 
 20  Directors’ report 
 22  Corporate governance 
 30  Remuneration report 
 34   Statement of directors’ 

responsibilities in respect  
of the annual report and  
the financial statements
 35   Independent auditors’ report
 36  Corporate citizenship

 40  Farming in harmony with 

  48   Consolidated financial 

  the countryside
   Denis Chamberlain  

reports on ABF’s efforts  
to balance biodiversity 
and large-scale farming

statements 
  48   Income statement 
  49   Balance sheet 
  50   Cash flow statement 
  52   Significant accounting 

 42  We are now open

policies

   Maureen Hinton examines 

  58   Notes to the financial 

statements 
102   Company financial 
statements 
108  Progress report 
  IBC  Company directory 

Primark’s expansion  
across Europe

 44  Products people love

   Richard Clarke looks at  
the growth of ABF’s  
brand portfolio

 46   Yeast: a beginner’s guide  
to the magic ingredient

   The essential, if little 
known, ingredient. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group at a glance

The group operates through  
strategic business segments:  
Sugar & Agriculture; Retail;  
Grocery and Ingredients.

Retail 
Primark
Primark is a major value retail group 
employing over 25,500 people.  
It operates stores in the UK, Ireland  
and Spain. 

Targeted at the fashion conscious  
under 35s, Primark offers customers 
high-quality merchandise at value 
for money prices, backed by its 
service promise. Primark prides itself 
on its loyal customer base. 

Buying and merchandising teams in 
Reading (UK) and Dublin (Republic  
of Ireland) travel internationally to 
source and buy up-to-the-minute 
fashion items that best reflect each 
season’s key fashion trends. Primark’s 
range of departments includes 
womenswear, lingerie, childrenswear, 
menswear, footwear, accessories, 
hosiery and homeware.

 £1,933m

Revenue

 £233m

Adjusted 
operating profit

 24%

% of total 
revenue

 £2,134m

Revenue

 £186m

Adjusted 
operating profit

 26%

% of total 
revenue

Sugar & Agriculture 
Sugar, Europe 
British Sugar’s UK beet sugar factories 
produce over one million tonnes of sugar 
annually. Its factory in Poland is that 
country’s largest, producing more than 
200,000 tonnes of sugar annually. 

Sugar, China 
We have majority interests in four cane 
sugar factories in Guangxi Province and  
12 beet sugar operations in the north east 
of the country. Continuous investment 
has raised annual sugar production to 
more than 750,000 tonnes. 

Sugar, southern Africa 
Illovo is Africa’s largest sugar producer 
with agricultural and production  
facilities in six countries. Annual sugar 
output is 1.8 million tonnes produced 
from 5.5 million tonnes of sugar cane.

Agriculture 
AB Agri sells animal feeds and feed 
micro-ingredients to farmers and 
purchases grain and oilseeds from  
them. It has facilities in the UK and  
China and markets products in over  
40 countries worldwide.

2 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
Grocery 
Hot beverages and sugar  
and sweeteners 
Twinings and Ovaltine comprise  
our global hot beverages business.  
We are market leaders in UK sugar  
with Silver Spoon and Billington’s. 

Vegetable oils 
In the US, Mazola is the leader in 
premium corn oil. In Mexico, Capullo 
leads the premium canola oil sector. 

Bread, baked goods and cereals 
We produce Jordans cereals in the UK 
and leading bakery brands, Kingsmill, 
Ryvita, Tip Top and Noble Rise in the 
UK and Australia. 

World Foods
World Foods comprises our authentic 
pan-Asian food brands, Patak’s and  
Blue Dragon. 

Herbs and spices 
We are a leading US producer of herbs 
and spices through the Tone’s, Spice 
Islands and Durkee brands.

Meat and dairy
In Australia we supply sausages, 
hams, salami and dairy products 
under strong regional brands.

 £3,254m

Revenue

 £194m

Adjusted 
operating profit

40%

% of total 
revenue

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 £842m

Revenue

 £75m

Adjusted 
operating profit

 10%

% of total 
revenue

Ingredients 
Yeast and bakery ingredients
AB Mauri operates globally in yeast 
and bakery ingredient production 
with 43 plants in 28 countries, 
supplying plant and artisanal bakers 
and the foodservice and wholesale 
channels. It is the technology  
leader in bread improvers, dough 
conditioners and bakery mixes. 

Speciality ingredients 
ABF Ingredients focuses on high-
value ingredients for food and 
non-food applications. It is an 
international supplier to plant and 
artisanal bakers and the foodservice 
and wholesale channels. 

The group has strong market 
positions in cereal specialities, 
enzymes, extruded ingredients, 
lactose, lipids, flours, yeast  
extracts and whey protein isolates 
and concentrates.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

The year saw steadily worsening economic conditions with sharp rises in 
input costs, particularly raw materials and energy, and falling consumer 
confidence. In these circumstances the group delivered good results and 
adjusted operating profit increased by 7%. If the results of the businesses 
which were affected by EU sugar regime change are excluded, profits were 
ahead by 18%, an excellent achievement.

Considerable further investment was made during the year, particularly  
in the expansion of our sugar interests in China and Africa and in Primark’s  
retail space, and also in our grocery and ingredients businesses. Additional 
investment and higher working capital, together with higher interest rates, 
resulted in a substantial increase in interest payable. Adjusted profit before 
tax rose by 3% and, with a slightly lower rate of tax than last year, adjusted 
earnings per share increased by 4%. 

This year’s result includes a net exceptional charge of £46m arising  
from major restructuring initiatives. This comprises a provision for the 
rationalisation of our Australian meat business, following the acquisition  
of KR Castlemaine at the end of March, less a net gain on the renunciation  
of sugar quota in the UK and Poland. 

Revenue grew by 21% to £8.2bn driven, in good part, by our ability to 
recover rising input costs, but also by volume increases reflecting our past 
capital investment, acquisitions and favourable currency translation.

The year has seen further development for the sugar businesses. In Europe  
the transition to the new EU sugar regime is largely over and there is now  
the prospect of reasonable equilibrium in a market where consumption will 
exceed domestic production. In China, development plans for the north  
east have been taken forward and major phased expansion will take place 
over the next few years. These plans will lead to the development of  
factory operations and are expected to achieve marked improvements in 
agricultural performance in the region. Illovo has also extended capacity 
through various projects and has well-developed plans for further increases 
in the next few years. Across the three major regions in which the group 
operates, sugar production in the year amounted to some 3.85 million 
tonnes and will be substantially increased over the next few years. The  
joint venture with BP and DuPont has commenced construction of the 
bioethanol plant in Hull and is on schedule for commissioning in 2010.

The profits of the European sugar businesses fell sharply in the year, caused  
by an increase in the restructuring levy and the temporary reduction of 
quota, and the results in China were adversely affected by lower prices  
after an exceptional crop. By contrast, Illovo’s results were very good.

Primark achieved strong growth in both sales and profits. Like-for-like sales 
growth was very satisfactory in a marketplace which, as a whole, became 
progressively tighter during the year. Selling space was expanded further, 
although not at the exceptional rate of the previous year. In the increasingly 
difficult economic environment, Primark is well placed to compete. 
Expansion is continuing in the UK, Ireland and on the Continent, where the 
results of the Spanish stores have been very encouraging. Another major  
UK distribution centre was opened recently and we have strengthened 
management further in light of the significant expansion of the business.

The group’s grocery businesses made excellent progress in the year, 
delivering substantially higher profits against a background of sharply rising 
commodity costs. In most cases, successful steps were taken to adjust sales 
prices, although there was a lag in the ability of the US oils business to 
recover, fully, quite exceptional rises. Twinings and Ovaltine made advances 
both in major established markets and other markets where there is much 
scope for development. There was strong improvement in the performance 
of Allied Bakeries following the very successful relaunch of Kingsmill in 
2007. The integration of the World Foods businesses, Patak’s and Blue 
Dragon, proceeded well and good sales growth was achieved by both 
brands. It was also pleasing to move forward with the merger of Ryvita  
and Jordans where we now have a 62% stake. Our grocery businesses are  
a major strength of the group.

SuGAR PROduCTIOn In THE YEAR 
AMOunTEd TO SOME 3.85 MIllIOn 
TOnnES.

Among our other businesses, AB Agri had an exceptional year. While part  
of the success was due to its ability to operate well in extremely volatile 
commodity markets, long-term improvements in fundamentals played  
a major role. The ingredients businesses posted sound growth in  
difficult conditions.

Net capital expenditure and investment in new businesses net of disposals 
amounted to £710m. Over £500m was incurred to expand plant capacity  
and on new Primark stores. Major acquisitions in the year included beet  
sugar factories in north east China, the KR Castlemaine meat business in 
Australia, which is being integrated with our existing meat business, and 
further expansion of our European yeast operations. 

4 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The recent and planned capital 
investment positions the group  
well for the longer term.

Working capital at the financial year end was some £340m higher than  
last year end driven, in part, by the acquisitions in the year but mainly  
as a consequence of the rises in input prices referred to throughout this 
statement. This much higher working capital was one of the major reasons  
for the increase of £480m in year end net debt to £791m, the other major 
contributors being acquisition spend net of disposal proceeds, and higher 
capital expenditure. Although the group was well within its borrowing 
facilities at year end, we have secured additional borrowing capacity since 
the year end in anticipation of further investment.

nET CAPITAl ExPEndITuRE And 
InVESTMEnT In nEW BuSInESSES 
nET OF dISPOSAlS AMOunTEd  
TO £710M.

The group is becoming increasingly involved with developing countries, 
both through ownership of local manufacturing operations and through 
sourcing from local, third-party manufacturers. The value of economic 
growth to developing countries of both local operations and third-party 
sourcing is generally accepted. In our own manufacturing operations we are 
the employers of the local workforce. As a consequence, we are able to set 
employment standards and agree benefits directly with the workforce. As  
an example, in several countries in southern Africa, Illovo provides housing, 
education, healthcare, infrastructure and other benefits for employees and 
their dependants. Where we source from third-party manufacturers, the 
position is different as the group does not have an employer/employee 
relationship. This is particularly the case for Primark which, with other 
major European and US retailers, sources large quantities of goods from 
developing countries. Primark sets contractual requirements with suppliers 
for workplace standards and monitors their application. It is, however, much 
more difficult to ensure the required standards are consistently observed 
where Primark is not the employer. As a group, we are committed to high 
standards in the supply chain and will continue to work to achieve them.

Board changes
I reported a year ago that Lord MacGregor and Mike Alexander would retire  
as directors on 7 December 2007 and paid tribute, at that time, to their 
contributions to the board.

On 1 October 2008 Charles Sinclair was appointed to the board as an 
independent non-executive director. Until 30 September 2008, Mr Sinclair 
was chief executive of Daily Mail & General Trust. He is also a non-
executive director of SVG Capital Plc. I am confident Charles will make  
a valuable contribution to the board’s work. 

Employees
The group now employs 96,000 people in 44 countries. Their skills,  
ingenuity and hard work, often in very demanding conditions, deliver the 
results covered in this report. When I visit our operations in the UK and 
abroad, I am always impressed by the ability and enthusiasm of the people 
who work in the group. I am grateful to them all for their continued efforts 
over the past year.

dividends
A final dividend of 13.5p is proposed, to be paid on 9 January 2009 to 
shareholders on the register on 5 December 2008. Together with the 
interim dividend of 6.75p paid on 3 July 2008, this will make a total of 
20.25p for the year, an increase of 4%.

Outlook
The economies in which the group operates face extremely testing 
conditions. There is also very great uncertainty about how these conditions 
will develop over the coming year. The group’s businesses will not be 
immune to a worsening economic climate. However, by virtue of the nature, 
range and market position of the group’s businesses we are well placed to 
face this demanding environment. We expect to maintain capital investment 
at planned levels in spite of the economic outlook. We anticipate some 
progress in operating profits over the coming year but little change in net 
earnings due to additional interest expense. I am confident that the recent 
and planned capital investment positions the group well for the longer term.

Martin Adamson  
Chairman

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

OPERATING PROFIT BY GEOGRAPHY

UK

Americas

24%

Asia Pacific

Europe, Middle East
& Africa

14%

47%

15%

OPERATING PROFIT BY SECTOR

11%

22%

Agriculture

Sugar

28%

5%

34%

Retail

Grocery

Ingredients

6 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

These good results demonstrate  
the resilience of the group when  
faced with a number of challenges.

Group revenue increased by 21% to £8.2bn and adjusted operating profit 
increased by 7% to £664m. These good results again demonstrate the 
resilience of the group when faced with a number of challenges, most 
notably the continuing impact of EU sugar regime reform, the pressure  
on consumer spending in many parts of the world and sharply higher 
commodity costs.

Our sugar operations performed well. The businesses in Europe are now 
emerging from the restructuring that has taken place over recent years in 
response to regime reform and will benefit from greater stability in their 
operations and certainty in their markets. Illovo has gone from strength to 
strength and has continued to build its capability, and our business in China 
has taken on an entirely different shape with the creation of a new beet 
sugar business in the north east.

Agriculture had a quite extraordinary year and demonstrated its agility  
by responding quickly to an extremely volatile market. It has developed  
its customer and supplier relationships with its strong market position 
providing confidence in difficult economic conditions.

The excellent increases in sales and profit at Primark are the result of good 
like-for-like sales growth and the substantial investment in retail selling 
space in recent years. They are also a testament to its continued success in 
delivering the latest fashions, manufactured to good quality and ethically 
sourced, at affordable prices.

Our grocery businesses grew strongly last year with profits up 27%. The 
substantial improvement at Allied Bakeries was enormously encouraging 
and Twinings Ovaltine, Westmill and milling and baking in Australia all 
delivered excellent results.

Our commitment to the group’s expansion and development is underlined  
by the continuing strong investment in capital expenditure and acquisitions  
in all businesses, most notably in sugar and Primark. We have embarked upon  
a number of important projects that will see several hundred million pounds 
invested over a two or three year timeframe that will change the scale of  
our operations, notably in sugar production in southern Africa, particularly 
Zambia, and north east China, in meat and dairy in Australia, enzymes in 
Finland, yeast and yeast extracts in China, biofuels in the UK and further new 
stores for Primark.

There have been a number of significant developments in the grocery 
business over the last few years, which have strengthened the portfolio 
considerably. The acquisition of Patak’s and its integration this year with  
Blue Dragon created a major retail ethnic foods business with a strong UK 
presence and potential for expansion elsewhere in Europe. The completion 
of the Jordans merger with Ryvita has produced a strong player in the 

growing ‘better for you’ category and in Australia, the acquisition of  
KR Castlemaine and the plans for its integration with our existing operation 
there has created a market-leading business. Since the year end we have 
announced the creation of a packaged oil joint venture with Archer Daniels 
Midland in the US and this new entity has exciting prospects for growth, 
particularly in the foodservice sector. The ACH business that remains will  
be more brand focused and consumer orientated. 

Sugar & Agriculture
   sugar: Revenue £1,267m  
(2007, £1,151m)  
Adjusted operating profit £153m  
(2007, £199m)

Sugar profit was substantially lower than last year 
reflecting the further effects of EU sugar regime reform 
on our UK and Polish operations which amounted to 
£50m. Furthermore, profits were reduced in China with 
lower sugar prices as a result of a record crop despite 
earlier fears of the effects of frost damage to the cane  
in the south. Illovo continued to trade well with higher 
volumes and the benefit of higher domestic and world 
sugar prices. 

Profit in the UK and Poland was impacted by an increase in the restructuring 
levy per tonne from 1126 last year to 1174 and an increase in the temporary 
quota reduction from 152,000 tonnes to 191,000 tonnes. The UK campaign 
was successful but profit was also lower as a result of higher energy costs 
and a smaller crop of 1.05 million tonnes of sugar which was affected by  
the heavy mid-summer rains in 2007. A number of projects have been 
successfully implemented in the UK which improve energy efficiency at our 
factories and underpin the new manufacturing configuration following the 
closure of York and Allscott. Poland had an exceptionally good campaign 
with production of 227,000 tonnes and new operating records set at 
Glinojeck. The strengthening of the euro benefited the profitability of the  
UK business with some offset from the strength of the zloty against the  
euro on the Polish business.

The European Commission has confirmed that a total of 5.65 million tonnes 
of quota for sugar, inulin and isoglucose has been permanently renounced 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 7

 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

Explaining the business »

From beet to bowl:
The beet sugar production process
We all take it for granted, but do we all know where it comes  
from and how it makes its way into our sugar bowls?

limestone          sugar beet         river water            fuel

unloading
and storage

sampling

weighing

lime

cleaning

slicing

diffusion

milk of
lime tank

clarify
and filter

filter

dry
screen
and mix

wash and
screen

pelleting

screen
and
pack

steam

treated water

low temp heat

power
station

co2

ferment
and distil

horticulture

electricity

grade
and
pack

evaporation

filter

thick juice
storage

crystallisation

silos

resin
separation

topsoil                stones                      animal feed                     lime                sugar products                   betaine               bioethanol            tomatoes         electricity

stage one – beet processing

Sugar beet is washed in large rotary 
drums. Stones and soil are caught  
for later use. Clean beet enters the 
factory, and is sliced into thin slices 
called ‘cossettes’.

Sugar is extracted from the beet by 
diffusion. This process takes place in  
a large vessel and is often described 
as being akin to brewing tea in a 
teapot. The cossettes are mixed with 
hot water at around 70°C and the 
sugar simply passes from the plant 
cells into the water.

The vegetable material left behind is 
pressed to extract as much remaining 
sugar and water as possible and, after 
the addition of molasses, is dried to 
produce animal feed. The liquid 
resulting from the diffusion process is 
dark in colour and is called raw juice.

stage two – purification  
and concentration

stage three – crystallisation  
and storage

The juice is passed through a 
purification stage called carbonatation. 
Juice is mixed with milk of lime and 
carbon dioxide gas. The carbon dioxide 
and the milk of lime re-combine to 
produce calcium carbonate which 
precipitates out, removing most of  
the impurities from the juice. 

The pale yellow juice which remains  
is called thin juice and while much 
purer it is still relatively low in sugar 
content. It passes to the next stage  
of the process – evaporation – where 
water is boiled off in a series of 
evaporator vessels to increase the 
solids content of the juice from 16% 
in thin juice to 65% as thick juice.

The concentrated juice passes 
through filters, after which it is ready 
for the final stage of the process.

The crystallisation process takes place 
in vacuum pans which boil the juice. 
When the juice reaches the correct 
concentration it is ‘seeded’ with tiny 
sugar crystals which provide the 
nucleus for larger crystals to grow.

When the crystals reach the required 
size the process is stopped and the 
resultant mixture of crystal sugar  
and syrup – known as massecuite –  
is spun in centrifuges to separate the 
sugar from the ‘mother liquor’. The 
sugar crystals are washed and, after 
drying and cooling, are conveyed to 
storage silos.
co-products

Nothing is wasted during production. 
Stones removed during beet cleaning 
are used in civil engineering, while 
soil is graded and conditioned and 

marketed as TopSoil for use by 
landscapers, architects and farmers. 
Lime used in the purification process 
is sold under the LimeX brand for  
soil conditioning.

At Wissington factory, the Combined 
Heat and Power (CHP) plant exports 
enough electricity to the grid to 
power a large town. The hot water 
and carbon dioxide from the CHP 
boiler is utilised to propagate over  
70 million tomatoes each year.

Bioethanol is also produced by the 
fermentation of sugar followed by 
distillation to produce a pure alcohol. 
Close integration with the sugar 
factory yields savings in excess of 
60% in CO2 emissions compared  
to petrol.

Finally, betaine is produced, a 
valuable animal feed supplement.

8 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

across the EU, virtually achieving its targeted reduction of six million tonnes 
in EU sugar production. Almost all of this reduction is effective from October 
2008 and, given that Least Developed Countries (LDC) tariff-free imports 
will not flow into the EU until October 2009 in any significant quantity, 
there is an expectation that the coming year will see the EU market in 
deficit. The final changes of reform to sugar reference price, levies, beet 
prices and access for LDC will become effective in October 2009 and have 
already been announced. No further changes are expected until the next 
review of the regime which is scheduled to be effective from October 2015.

British Sugar received confirmation during the year that its application 
to renounce permanently 206,000 tonnes of UK and Polish sugar quota 
had been accepted. The resulting EU quota for these businesses is now 
1.21 million tonnes. The income statement includes an exceptional credit of 
£25m comprising compensation receivable from the EU less factory closure 
costs and the write-off of the unamortised cost of quota purchased in 2006.

Wissington has been fully operational in the production of bioethanol from 
beet sugar for over a year. Yields were ahead of expectation and the price of 
ethanol in Europe firmed during the year. Vivergo, our joint venture with BP 
and DuPont, is building a world-scale bioethanol plant that will use wheat 
as its feedstock. Full planning consent has now been granted for the site at 
Hull and construction has commenced. Engineering contracts for the major 
plant items have been placed and it is anticipated that the site will be 
commissioned during 2010.

This year has seen noteworthy development in our sugar business in China. 
Our cane sugar crop in the south exceeded earlier expectations, we built a 
significant business in beet sugar in the north east and the combined crop 
yielded 755,000 tonnes of sugar. However, profit was held back by much 
lower sugar prices. National production of sugar in China increased from  
12 million tonnes in 2006/7 to 14.9 million tonnes in 2007/8 and so,  
despite strong growth in demand, which was up 8% year-on-year, and even 
government measures to remove volume, sugar prices fell sharply in the 
second half of the year. Construction of the Jinchengjiang mill in Guangxi is 
well underway and is due to be completed by the end of this calendar year. 

We have created a business in north east China comprising 11 beet  
sugar factories operating in Heilongjiang, Hebei and Inner Mongolia. The 
business was formed by the acquisition of factories that were previously 
independently owned and operated and which have been combined into a 
single, co-ordinated entity, ideally positioned to supply the important Beijing 
and Harbin markets. At the year end we held a 51% shareholding in the 
business which has since been increased to 65%. A five-year development 
plan for the factories and for the advancement of beet growing technology 
in the region is in place, the first part of which will be completed in 
December 2008 with the expansion of Qianqi and Yi’an factories. In addition 
a joint venture, BoCheng, has been created which operates the factory at 
Beifeng in Heilongjiang province. The businesses have established strong 
links with both local and provincial government and are investing in 
technical colleges to support this long-term development programme.

WE HAVE CREATEd A BEET SuGAR 
BuSInESS In nORTH EAST CHInA 
WHICH IS IdEAllY POSITIOnEd TO 
SuPPlY THE IMPORTAnT BEIjInG 
And HARBIn MARkETS.

Profit at Illovo grew strongly and the crop increased to 1.82 million tonnes 
of sugar. Strengthening world sugar prices, which favourably impact world 
sugar sales out of South Africa, higher downstream product prices and  
a favourable rand/US dollar exchange rate all benefited the performance  
in the year. Strong domestic revenues and higher sales to neighbouring 

markets also had a favourable impact on the results in Malawi and Zambia 
and offset a difficult start-up at the Nakambala mill in Zambia following 
completion of the first phase of its expansion. 

This initial phase involved the development of additional irrigated cane by 
private growers and an increase in milling capacity. The final phase of the 
expansion programme is currently underway which will greatly increase the 
power generation capability as well as extend milling capacity further and 
develop additional acreage of irrigated cane. On completion we will have 
almost doubled sugar production at Nakambala. Smaller expansion 
schemes in Malawi and Tanzania have also been completed with strong 
performances from both countries.

Germains, our seed coating business, performed well. Its seed priming 
technology is now firmly established with the European and US beet  
sugar industries as providing a yield advantage over unprimed variants.  

   agriculture: Revenue £867m  
(2007, £645m)  
Adjusted operating profit £33m  
(2007, £18m)

AB Agri, our agriculture business, had a very strong year 
during which the combination of its trading skills, market 
knowledge and customer relationships enabled it to 
outperform a market characterised by extremely volatile 
raw material prices. European grain prices doubled during 
the first half of the year and low grain stocks worldwide, 
unpredicted weather events and heavy trading in the 
commodity markets resulted in unprecedented levels of 
daily price volatility. Stronger feed prices were sufficient 
to offset higher raw material and energy costs, lower 
volumes of molassed sugar beet feed and increased 
production costs in our ruminant feeds business.

Frontier is our grain supply joint venture. It has a strong balance sheet, 
access to working capital and superior market knowledge which 
differentiate it from its competitors. Through its leading market position, 
unique centralised operating structure and national trading system, it was 
ideally placed to manage the extreme price volatility during the year on 
behalf of its grain customers and farmer suppliers. Moreover, higher cereal 
and oilseed prices encouraged an increase in UK sowings resulting in a more 
buoyant market for Frontier’s fertilisers, seed varieties and crop protection 
products. As expected, the business has now concluded an agreement  
to supply Vivergo with over one million tonnes of feed wheat for its 
bioethanol facility.

We are establishing an increasingly international presence in the high 
technology, high added-value feeds market which specialises in micro-feed 
ingredients that enhance nutrient absorption and provide a better return for 
farmers. Sales of feed enzymes by AB Vista were particularly buoyant with 
several new products launched and a doubling of the number of countries 
served over the last two years. New sales offices in the US, Mexico, India 
and China were established during the year. 

Our feeds business in China was relatively untouched by the widely 
reported natural disasters that occurred there. We achieved strong sales 
growth in each of the species markets that we supply. Our mill building 
programme is continuing and on completion will deliver a 20% increase  
in production capacity.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

Explaining the business »

Primark:
The story so far
The remarkable story of Primark’s success goes all the way back 
to 1969, with the first store opening in Dublin. Now, with new 
store openings across Europe, we take a look at the key factors 
that played a part in getting the brand to where it is today.

5stores in dublin

Where it all began, 1969

1. the early years: At the end of the sixties, Penneys commenced business 
in Dublin and within its first year of trading had opened five stores with 
turnover of around £1m. By 1973, Ireland had 18 stores and the company 
started trading in the UK…

2. rapid growth across the uk and 
ireland: By 1984, sales had grown to £86m 
from 44 stores equally split across the UK and 
Ireland. Over the next ten years, the number  
of stores increased by 50%…

…and sales rose by over

240%

3. 1995 – a milestone year: The strategic 
acquisition of the BHS One-Up discount chain 
added 16 sizeable stores to its UK business, 
primarily in the Greater London area. Within  
a year these new outlets had increased sales  
in the UK by 40%…

4. new millennium heralds further acquisition: The turn of the 
century saw the acquisitions of 11 stores from the Co-op, and the purchase 
of the same number of outlets from C&A. Expansion continued in 2005 
with the acquisition of the total Littlewoods estate. After the subsequent 
refurbishment programme was complete, an additional 41 stores were 
opened by 2007…

6. european expansion:
Primark’s successful foray into 
Spain has demonstrated that the 
Primark value proposition travels 
well. The next countries to enjoy 
the Primark experience will be 
the Netherlands and Germany.

5. spain: With expansion in Ireland and  
the UK continuing apace, May 2006 saw  
the opening of a ‘test’ store in a brand new 
continental European market. Primark 
Tiendas opened at the Plenilunio shopping 
mall near Madrid’s International Airport and 
was an instant hit. Further stores followed 
and currently there are nine, with more in 
the pipeline…

10 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Total sales at the end of

2008:£1.9bn

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

AB Agri is taking a central role in a number of schemes to promote 
sustainable agricultural practice. The first Carbon Trust accredited, 
greenhouse gas reduction model for dairy farms was launched to 
Sainsbury’s dairy suppliers and our WildCare scheme on biodiversity,  
which we operate in conjunction with Waitrose, was awarded the Green 
Apple Award for ‘Environmental Best Practice’.

performed well. We opened new stores in Jerez, Bilbao, Oviedo and 
Zaragoza and a further three stores in Madrid, bringing our total there to 
four. Our arrival in Spain gathered momentum this year and began to enjoy 
the same critical acclaim from the retail trade that we have experienced  
in the UK and Ireland, culminating in the receipt of our first major Spanish 
award, ‘Best Shopping Centre Retailer 2008’. 

Retail
   Revenue £1,933m  
(2007, £1,602m)  
Adjusted operating profit £233m  
(2007, £200m)

Primark achieved excellent growth in sales and profit 
again this year. Sales increased by 21% as a result of 
growth in retail selling space and like-for-like sales  
growth of 4% for the full year. This organic growth was 
remarkably strong given the already reported weak 
trading in April when poor weather this year contrasted 
with warm weather and the benefit of Easter trading in 
the comparative period last year. This performance was 
against a background of declining consumer confidence 
which highlights both the continued growth of the value 
clothing sector’s share of the retail market and Primark’s 
ability to thrive in difficult economic circumstances.

Profit increased by 17% to £233m but operating profit margin reduced from 
12.5% to 12.1%. Although gross margins were broadly the same, overheads 
were impacted by higher distribution costs, including the cost of supporting 
the new stores in Spain, and higher occupancy costs driven by increased 
depreciation. As a consequence of recent and anticipated further  
expansion, we opened another major distribution centre at Thrapston, 
Northamptonshire, at the end of the financial year, increasing our UK 
capacity by some 50%.

We opened 12 stores during the year; seven in Spain, one in the Republic of 
Ireland and four in the UK; but we also closed the smaller store in Brighton  
to bring the total to 181 stores at the year end. Retail selling space 
increased by 13% over the period to 5.4 million sq ft. 

(Prima High St Fashion Awards)

by Primark this year including
•  UK Retailer of the year  

9 The number of prestigious awards won  

(lk Today High St Fashion Awards)

(Property Week Retail Awards)

•  Best Town Centre Retailer  

•  Best Value  

In Ireland we carried out two major store refits, extended our Galway store 
and opened a new store in Cork. In the UK, we opened a third floor at our 
largest store in Manchester, increasing selling space to 136,000 sq ft, and 
extended sales floors in Nottingham and Newcastle. We opened new stores 
in Ealing, Basingstoke and Brighton and, following the compulsory purchase 
of our old store, made a return to Derby, one of the first cities in the UK to 
enjoy the Primark experience when it arrived in 1974. Our Spanish stores 

We expect to add at least a further four stores in Spain in the coming year  
and have announced plans to open test stores to explore the potential in 
the Netherlands and Germany, the first of which is expected to open early 
in 2009. There are still great opportunities for growth in the UK and Ireland 
where the pipeline of new stores is strong and plans are already in place  
to open stores in Cambridge, Corby, Edinburgh and High Wycombe in the 
coming year.

During the year we ceased to trade with three suppliers in the Tirupur 
garment producing area of India. This area is a major production centre  
for the world’s garment retailers and has experienced rapid expansion and 
development in recent years. It has therefore become a major centre for 
wealth creation and employment and Primark spent some £100m last year 
in the region. Buying from developing countries is an important catalyst  
for their social and economic development. However, there are additional 
complexities when sourcing products from developing economies.

All our suppliers are required to comply with a strict code of conduct which 
lays down, amongst other things, minimum standards of health and safety, 
welfare, human rights and wages that we are prepared to accept in relation  
to the treatment of their employees. We employ our own in-region ethical 
managers as well as third-party auditors to check that our suppliers meet  
their contractual obligations and that proper standards are being maintained. 
Where we find shortcomings we work closely with suppliers to remedy the 
deficiencies and, in this way, seek to play our part in the general improvement 
of working conditions. The three suppliers, whose contracts were not renewed 
during the year, were engaged with us in such an improvement programme 
when it came to light that these suppliers were subcontracting without 
Primark’s knowledge. Our own extensive investigations concluded that the 
breach of trust in this case was so serious as to make further attempts at 
remediation impossible. Our presence in the garment industries of the 
developing world is a force for good but we are acutely aware of our 
responsibility to ensure that all activity within our supply chain meets 
acceptable ethical standards. We are dedicated to working towards this  
goal with all stakeholders: suppliers, governments – regional and national  
– and Non-Governmental Organisations (see www.ethicalprimark.com for 
more information).

new store openings:

uk: Basingstoke, Brighton – 
relocation, Derby, Ealing

Ireland: Cork

Spain: Madrid (Islazul, Parque 
Corredor, Xanadu), Bilbao, Jerez, 
Oviedo, Zaragoza

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

Explaining the business »

Strategic investment:
A great uk brand portfolio
ABF has continually built upon its focused portfolio  
of UK brands to deliver a strong grocery offering…

Ovaltine’s traditional products are 
largely unchanged from their original 
recipes but are now consumed in a  
far broader way throughout the day… 
ovomaltine.com 

For nearly 300 years, Twinings has been 
using its blending expertise to create a wide 
range of high quality teas enjoyed in over 
100 countries across the world… 
twinings.com 

Silver Spoon is the number one 
supplier to the UK retail sugar and 
sweetener market and a major sugar 
supplier to the foodservice market… 
silverspoon.co.uk

Blue Dragon offers authentic 
ingredients for customers to create 
delicious dishes from China, 
Thailand, Japan and Vietnam… 
gcosta.co.uk

Patak’s is recognised as authentic Indian food 
that is quick to prepare. Its cooking sauces, curry 
pastes, chutneys, pickles, breads and pappadums 
make it easy to prepare authentic Indian dishes 
at home… pataks.co.uk

Jordans specialises in natural  
wholegrain foods with minimal 
processing. It launched the UK’s first 
cereal bar and also makes breakfast 
cereals… jordanscereals.co.uk

From the creation of its first 
crispbread in the 1930s, Ryvita  
has continually grown its range of 
wholegrain foods made from rye… 
ryvita.co.uk

Kingsmill’s relaunched bread range 
features standard and premium products 
to satisfy every family’s needs… 
alliedbakeries.co.uk

Dr Thomas Allinson set up his first flour mill  
in 1892. He was passionate about natural 
products, a tradition we have kept alive to  
this day in our wholemeal flour and bread…  
allinsonbread.com & bakingmad.com

12 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Grocery
   Revenue £3,254m  
(2007, £2,605m)  
Adjusted operating profit £194m  
(2007, £153m)

Revenue for the year increased 25% on last year. This 
was driven through a combination of acquisitions, price 
increases to recover commodity cost inflation and 
volume growth. Profit was ahead 27% as a result of the 
substantial improvement at Allied Bakeries and good 
growth from Twinings Ovaltine, Westmill and milling 
and baking in Australia. 

Commodity cost inflation has been a feature for all of our grocery 
businesses this year. Some had seen costs rise at the end of summer last 
year and had already begun pricing negotiations with customers. Twinings 
Ovaltine experienced increases in barley and dairy costs, substantial 
increases in wheat costs affected our bakery businesses in the UK and 
Australia, and very strong demand for vegetable oils saw the price of corn, 
soy and canola oils rise sharply in the US. Commodity price increases 
continued into this financial year together with steeply rising energy costs. 
Our businesses reacted quickly to recover these costs by raising prices 
although price increases at ACH in the US were delayed until after the high 
demand period running up to Christmas. 

Twinings Ovaltine had another very good year with revenue up 17% on last 
year. Twinings in the UK benefited from the continued growth of Everyday 
Tea and a strong performance in green teas. Our flavoured infusions range 
was relaunched containing only natural ingredients which is a unique 
position in the market. In the US, Twinings was the fastest growing tea 
brand, supported by the national rollout of our successful regional media 
campaign. In Australia, we launched Simply Twinings, our everyday offering 
in that market, and sales and market share increased following television 
advertising featuring Nigella Lawson.

Sales of Ovaltine increased 12% this year with growth across the range of 
powder, ready-to-drink and brand extensions. Growth in the North ASEAN  
region was led by another excellent performance in Thailand where we 
strengthened our number one position. Ready-to-drink and the successful 
launch of Ovomaltine crunchy biscuits drove strong sales growth of the 
brand in Switzerland.

Good progress was made in improving access to certain key markets. We 
established a new joint venture in Japan, signed new distribution agreements  
in Indonesia and established new and more-targeted routes to market in 
Russia (Twinings) and Brazil (Ovaltine). Supply chain efficiencies were achieved 
during the year. The Ovaltine factory in Manila was closed and production was 
transferred to existing factories in Thailand and China where we have made 
significant investments in increased capacity. The tea packing plant in Belfast 
was also closed with production consolidated into our UK facilities.

The merger of Ryvita and Jordans was completed on 29 August 2008.  
We have a 62% interest in the combined entity and integration of these 
businesses is now underway. Ryvita’s sales were driven by a strong 
performance in UK crispbread with continued growth of premium variants, 
pricing to recover raw material inflation and marketing support. New product 
launches included flatbreads, branded Ryvita Thins, and baked wholegrain 
savoury snacks, Ryvita Limbos. Significant work has been undertaken on  
a major relaunch of the Jordans brand including new packaging formats, 
formulations and increased marketing support. This is being rolled out in  
the UK this autumn. 

The performance of Allied Bakeries improved significantly year-on-year. 
Bread volumes increased with a strong focus on quality, availability and 
customer service. After several years of volume decline, the UK bread 
market has now stabilised and following its successful relaunch in 2007,  
the Kingsmill brand continued to gain market share. A strong advertising 
campaign focused on the core range and drove the portfolio, most notably 
in Great Everyday White and 50/50, a white bread with wholemeal flour. 
We launched new premium Kingsmill products under the ‘Seeds and Oats’ 
range. Allinson benefited from its national relaunch with new products and 
packaging and advertising support. 

AB World Foods delivered encouraging growth in its Blue Dragon and 
Patak’s brands both in the UK and international markets, particularly 
Australia and Russia. Market share increased in pastes and sauces in glass, 
and stir fry and dipping sauces. Meena’s, a premium Indian sauce range,  
was launched this summer and is performing well at this early stage. The 
integration of Blue Dragon and Patak’s was successfully achieved during the 
year. The combined business now operates with a single UK distribution 
system, a common IT platform and a unified sales force. The Blue Dragon 
factory in Poland was commissioned and production was transferred from 
the factories in Wales that were then closed.

Profit at Westmill Foods increased despite significant rises in the cost of 
edible oils, rice, flour and spices. These higher costs were successfully 
recovered whilst maintaining volume growth in the key brands with Green 
Dragon, Tolly Boy rice and Lucky Boat noodles performing particularly well.

Refined sugar volumes increased significantly at Silver Spoon but profits 
declined reflecting the lower margins in the very competitive UK retail 
sugar market. Good growth was achieved in our Fairtrade business with a 
highlight being the conversion of Sainsbury’s own label sugar to Fairtrade in 
partnership with Illovo. Fairtrade proceeds benefited farmers’ co-operatives 
in Malawi and Zambia. The Billington’s brand of unrefined sugars also 
experienced strong growth.

At ACH in the US, the Mazola vegetable oil brand experienced some volume 
decline following sharp price increases to recover higher corn oil costs.  
The baking brands, Argo, Karo and Fleischmann’s, and gourmet spices, Spice 
Islands, Weber Grill and Tone’s all delivered volume growth supported by 
increased marketing. In Mexico, Capullo performed well with volumes held 
despite price increases. 

THE GROuP’S GROCERY BuSInESSES 
MAdE ExCEllEnT PROGRESS In THE 
YEAR dElIVERInG SuBSTAnTIAllY 
HIGHER PROFITS AGAInST A 
BACkGROund OF SHARPlY RISInG 
COMMOdITY COSTS. 

On 28 October 2008 we announced the creation of Stratas Foods,  
a joint venture with Archer Daniels Midland Company (‘ADM’) for the 
manufacture, marketing and distribution of packaged oil products in the  
US and Canada. ABF and ADM will each hold a 50% share in the joint 
venture which will be headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee. ABF will 
contribute US$38m of assets from the ACH oils business, primarily in the 
form of trademarks, whilst ADM will contribute packaging equipment at 
four of its facilities in the US.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

Explaining the business »

The magic ingredient:
The yeast production process
The essential ingredient in the production of so many of our  
day-to-day products. But how is it made?  

stage one 

stage two 

stage three 

stage four 

frozen
vial

beet
molasses

cane
molasses

flash
steriliser

sterile
mash tank

seed
fermenter

semi-seed
fermenter

filter
press

yeast
storage

growth
tube

pre-pure
culture
tank

pure culture
fermenter

commercial
fermenter

semi-seed
fermenter

semi-seed
yeast
storage

separation

washing

yeast
cooler

packaging

palletiser

yeast cooler

distribution

stage one – molasses and  
raw material preparation

Yeast production takes approximately 
five days from start to finish and 
begins with the energy source for 
yeast growth – sugar. Beet and cane 
molasses are commonly used 
because the sugars present in 
molasses are readily fermentable. 
Yeast also needs minerals, vitamins 
and salts for growth, which are often 
added to the molasses prior to flash 
sterilisation which produces the  
mash or wort used to feed the yeast 
as it grows.
stage two – culture or  
seed yeast preparation

Yeast production starts with a pure 
culture tube or frozen vial of the 
appropriate yeast strain. This yeast 
serves as the inoculum for the 

pre-pure culture tank where seed  
is grown under sterile conditions 
before being transferred to a larger 
pure culture fermenter. From the  
pure culture vessel, the grown  
cells are transferred to a series  
of progressively larger seed and 
semi-seed fermenters. These later 
stages are conducted as fed-batch 
fermentations where the yeast  
is fed molasses, phosphoric acid, 
ammonia and minerals.
stage three – fermentation  
and harvesting

At the end of the semi-seed 
fermentation, the spent molasses  
are removed and the yeast is washed 
with cold water and held in a storage 
tank at 34 degrees Fahrenheit  
(1 degree Celsius) before it inoculates 
the commercial fermentation tanks. 

These commercial fermenters are up 
to 50,000 gallons in size and are the 
final step in the fermentation process.

Following addition of the seed  
yeast, aeration, cooling and nutrient 
additions are started to begin a 
15–20 hour fermentation. At the 
beginning of the fermentation, the 
liquid seed yeast and additional 
water may occupy only about one 
third to one half of the fermenter 
volume. Constant additions of 
nutrients during the course of 
fermentation bring the fermenter to 
its final volume. The rate of nutrient  
addition increases throughout the 
fermentation and by the end of the 
process the number of yeast cells 
will have increased by between  
five and eight times. During 
fermentation the temperature  

is kept at approximately 86 degrees 
Fahrenheit (30 degrees Celsius) and 
the pH in the range of 4.5–5.5.
stage four – filtration  
and packaging

At the end of fermentation, the 
resultant broth is separated, washed 
with water and re-centrifuged to 
yield a yeast cream, which is then 
cooled to about 45 degrees 
Fahrenheit (7 degrees Celsius).  
Cream yeast can be loaded directly 
into tankers for delivery direct to 
customers or can be pumped to a 
plate and frame filter press and 
dewatered to a cake-like consistency, 
which is crumbled into pieces and 
refrigerated. Bags of yeast can then 
be distributed to customers in 
refrigerated trucks.

14 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Stratas Foods will serve the foodservice, speciality food ingredient and retail 
private label bottled oil markets. It is expected to produce 2.5 billion lbs of 
oil in its first full year of operation with revenue of some US$1.4bn. Its broad 
portfolio of products includes vegetable oil, shortening, margarine and pan 
spray and its foodservice brands include Whirl and Frymax. The joint venture 
combines the strengths of two leaders in the packaged oils industry. It will 
build on the sales and marketing expertise of ACH, and the origination and 
processing capabilities of ADM. It will offer an integrated supply chain, 
exceptional processing capabilities and industry-leading product development. 

The remaining ACH business will focus on its retail consumer brands. Brands 
are now expected to account for virtually all of ACH’s revenue compared to 
only half before the formation of the joint venture. 

Our Australian grocery business delivered strong sales growth with 
significantly improved performances from milling, baking and bakery 
ingredients. In baking, price increases were successfully achieved in 
November 2007 and July 2008. Noble Rise bread was relaunched with  
five new variants under the slogan ‘Take a stand against the Bland’ and 
Burgen was upgraded to facilitate a stronger health claim backed by the 
‘Biggest Loser’ campaign. Manufacturing efficiences will be achieved  
with the announced closures of the Canberra and Orange bakeries in  
New South Wales.

The acquisition of KR Castlemaine, a leading meat and smallgoods 
manufacturer, was completed at the end of March. It is located in a large, 
modern facility at Castlemaine, 70 miles northwest of Melbourne. We have 
announced the proposed rationalisation of our meat business for which an 
exceptional provision has been included in the income statement. This will 
allow the closure of our existing factories in Perth and Melbourne in 2009 
and 2010 and the transfer of production to the newly acquired, low-cost 
factory at Castlemaine which will be expanded to accommodate the higher 
volume. The combined business will be the market leader in smallgoods  
in Australia and will double the size of our existing business with sales of  
over £300m. 

Ingredients
   Revenue £842m  
(2007, £698m)  
Adjusted operating profit £75m  
(2007, £71m)

Revenue increased by 21% driven by organic growth  
in the yeast business and the acquisition of the Gilde 
Bakery Ingredients business in Italy. There was sustained 
upward pressure on energy costs and key raw material 
prices, notably molasses and phosphates. Some cost 
recovery was achieved through price increases, but  
was inadequate in the very competitive milk proteins 
business. Profit margins fell as a result.

Good profit progress was made across the world in yeast and bakery 
ingredients with good volume growth in South America and China. Brazil  
had an exceptional year. We continued to grow our bakery ingredients 
businesses, both through craft bakery and industrial channels. In particular, 
we have been able to exploit our proprietary enzyme technology and 
continue to build strong partnerships with the world’s largest bakeries. 

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

In October 2007 we acquired, from Gilde Bakery Ingredients, their sales  
and distribution operations in France and Benelux and the Italian business, 
including the Casteggio wet and dry yeast plant. The sales and distribution 
operations have been successfully integrated and we have been able to 
deliver significant cost savings at the Italian plant. Since the year end the 
European Commission has approved the completion of the acquisition of  
a 50% shareholding in the Uniferm yeast and bakery ingredients business  
in Germany. 

In BAkERY InGREdIEnTS WE 
COnTInuEd TO SHARE TECHnOlOGY 
ACROSS THE GROuP And HAVE 
STARTEd TO SEE THE BEnEFIT In OuR 
GlOBAl ACCOunTS.

The expansion of the Chinese yeast plant in Harbin has progressed well.  
This expansion is to meet increasing domestic demand and to provide a low 
cost base for the supply of dry yeast globally. A new yeast extracts plant  
is also being constructed alongside the yeast plant to provide additional 
capacity now that the existing German plant is fully utilised. We have seen 
the continuation of the trend towards tighter environmental controls 
around the world and have been investing to upgrade our facilities to keep 
pace with changing regulatory requirements.

At ABF Ingredients, enzyme profits grew strongly with sales to the food  
and beverage and animal feeds markets performing particularly well.  
The increased demand for enzymes has led to further investment to  
expand capacity at our plant in Finland by some 40%. This is due to be 
commissioned early next summer. Profitability declined at our speciality 
protein business in the US with an inability to fully recover milk and dairy 
commodity price increases in a very competitive market. Since the year  
end we have announced the decision to close the loss-making milk protein 
factory in Norfolk, Nebraska, and the remaining business will concentrate  
on the production of whey proteins at Juda, Wisconsin. The sale of Abitec, 
our small, UK-based, emulsifier business, was completed in August. 

George Weston 
Chief Executive

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review

Group performance 
Group revenue increased by 21% to £8,235m. This substantial increase was 
driven mainly by the continued growth at Primark and price rises across  
our other businesses to recover the major increases in commodity costs. 
Volume growth and the benefit of acquisitions and the translation effect  
of the weakening of sterling also contributed. At constant currency, and 
excluding the benefit of acquisitions, revenue increased by 13%. 

Operating profit, adjusted to exclude exceptional items, the amortisation  
of non-operating intangibles and profits on the sale of property, plant and 
equipment, increased by 7% to £664m. This was achieved in the face of  
a number of challenges. The impact of the changes in the EU sugar regime 
was £56m and higher commodity prices added some £390m to our cost 
base. At constant currency, and excluding the benefit of acquisitions and  
EU sugar regime changes, adjusted profit increased by 12%. 

The disposal of properties, plant and equipment resulted in a profit of 
£10m. A net profit of £5m, including goodwill written off of £21m, arose  
on the sale of businesses including the yeast business in Germany, which 
was sold as a condition of acquiring the German yeast business of Gilde 
Bakery Ingredients, our UK-based emulsifier business and a small animal 
feeds business in Northern Ireland.

Finance expense less finance income of £53m compares with a charge of 
£35m last year. This year-on-year increase resulted from the continued 
significant level of capital investment to develop opportunities in our 
existing businesses, many of which are of a long-term nature, the 
acquisition of new businesses and the impact of much higher commodity 
prices on working capital. Other financial income of £21m was primarily  
net pensions financing income, being the expected return on assets in the 
group’s pension schemes less the charge on pension scheme liabilities.

Profit before tax increased from £508m to £527m. This year’s result 
includes an exceptional charge of £46m arising from major restructuring 
initiatives. The permanent renunciation of sugar quota for the UK and 
Poland agreed with the European Commission was 206,000 tonnes. 
Compensation receivable for this renunciation, net of the write-off of  
the unamortised cost of quota purchased in 2006 and provision for the 
associated factory closure costs, resulted in a gain of £25m. We have also 
provided for the proposed rationalisation of our Australian meat business 
following the acquisition of KR Castlemaine at the end of March. Adjusted 
to exclude these exceptional items, the amortisation of non-operating 
intangibles and profits and losses on the sale of businesses and fixed assets, 
profit before tax increased 3% from £613m to £632m.

Taxation 
The tax charge of £136m included an underlying charge of £154m, an 
effective tax rate of 24.4% on the adjusted profit before tax. This was  
slightly lower than last year’s 25.0% as a result of the mix of profits in 
different tax jurisdictions.

The net tax credit of £23m on the exceptional items described above has  
also been treated as exceptional in the income statement together with  
a tax charge of £17m to reflect the increase in the group’s deferred tax 
liability following a change of tax law in the UK Finance Act 2008 which  
will phase out Industrial Buildings Allowances.

The overall tax charge for the year benefited from a £21m (2007 – £30m) 
credit for tax relief on the amortisation of non-operating intangible assets 
and goodwill arising from asset acquisitions. A tax charge of £9m was 
incurred on the profits arising on the sale of businesses and fixed assets. 

Earnings and dividends 
Earnings attributable to equity shareholders of £357m were £12m lower 
than last year and the weighted average number of shares in issue remained 
at 790 million. Earnings per ordinary share fell by 3% from 46.7p to 45.2p.  
A more consistent measure of performance is provided by the adjusted 
earnings per share which excludes exceptional items, profits on the sale  
of businesses and property, plant and equipment and the amortisation of 
non-operating intangibles net of any tax benefit. Adjusted earnings per 
share increased by 4% from 52.9p to 54.9p.

The interim dividend was increased by 4% to 6.75p and a final dividend has  
been proposed at 13.5p which represents an overall increase of 4% for the 
year. In accordance with IFRS, no accrual has been made in these accounts 
for the proposed dividend which is expected to cost £107m and will be 
charged next year. The dividend is covered 2.7 times on an adjusted basis.

Balance sheet
Non-current assets increased by £652m to £5,371m including £3,110m  
of property, plant and equipment. The increase was driven by acquisitions 
which added £209m and capital expenditure of £502m. Working capital 
increased by £340m primarily due to considerably higher inventory values 
as a result of the substantial increases in commodity costs. Net borrowings 
at the year end were £480m higher than last year at £791m. 

A currency gain of £302m arose on the translation into sterling of the 
group’s foreign currency denominated net assets. This resulted from the 
fact that sterling was weaker against all major currencies at the end of this 
year than at the end of the previous year. The group’s net assets increased 
by £380m to £4,844m.

16 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

We continue to invest strongly in  
the future growth of the group with  
a net £710m spent on property,  
plant and equipment, intangibles  
and acquisitions during the year.

Return on capital employed for the group fell from 18.8% to 16.6%. This  
is largely a consequence of the substantial level of investment made this 
year in expenditure, on a number of long-term capital projects which have 
yet to yield a return but also the lower profitability of the European sugar 
businesses. Return on capital employed is defined as operating profit  
before exceptional items and the amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
expressed as a percentage of average capital employed for the year.

Cash flow
Net cash flow from operating activities was £553m compared with  
£696m last year. This reduction mainly reflects an adverse working capital 
movement year-on-year of £165m moving from an inflow of £55m last  
year to an outflow of £110m this year, the major driver being the increase  
in commodity prices.

We continue to invest strongly in the future growth of the group with  
a net £710m spent on property, plant and equipment, intangibles and 
acquisitions during the year. £70m was spent on intangible assets of  
which £49m related to the purchase of sugar quota negotiated in 2006. 
Capital expenditure amounted to £502m of which £152m was spent on  
the acquisition of new stores and the refitting of existing Primark stores. 
Elsewhere, expenditure was incurred in developing our sugar interests  
in China and southern Africa, and building or upgrading manufacturing 
facilities across the group including capacity expansion at the enzymes 
plant in Finland and yeast and yeast extract production in China.

£224m was spent on acquisitions including beet sugar factories in north east 
China, the European assets of Gilde Bakery Ingredients, the KR Castlemaine 
meat business in Australia and a number of small businesses to complement 
our Agriculture operations. £59m was realised on business disposals, 
primarily the German yeast business, resulting in a net cash outflow on 
acquisitions and disposals of £165m.

Financing
Cash and cash equivalents totalled £348m at the year end and were 
managed during the year by a central treasury department, operating 
under strictly controlled guidelines, which also arranges term bank finance 
for acquisitions and to meet short-term working capital requirements, 
particularly for the sugar beet and wheat harvests. 

At the year end the group had total committed banking facilities amounting 
to £1,107m of which £888m was drawn down. £715m of these facilities 
expire in October 2011 with the remainder maturing in 2013 and 2015. In 
anticipation of further investment and to accommodate the seasonal build 
of working capital at the half year, further committed facilities were secured 
shortly after the year end. A £320m syndicated loan, expiring in October 

2011, has been provided by members of our existing banking group resulting 
in headroom on total committed facilities of £539m in addition to available 
cash resources. The group also had access, at the year end, to £584m of 
uncommitted credit lines under which £246m was drawn.

Pensions
Pensions are accounted for in accordance with IAS 19 – employee benefits.  
The total pension expense for the year was £62m compared with £71m  
last year. 

On an IAS 19 basis, the net surplus (employee benefit assets less liabilities)  
in the group’s defined benefit pension schemes reduced from £276m last 
year to £61m this year mainly as a result of an increase in scheme liabilities 
as a consequence of higher forecast inflation, and an adjustment to the 
mortality assumptions to reflect experience to date and further 
improvements in life expectancy of scheme members.

Following the merger of the British Sugar and Associated British Foods 
pension schemes in April 2006, the Company agreed with the Pension 
Trustees to make two payments of £14.5m to eliminate the funding deficit, 
at that date, in the British Sugar section of the newly merged scheme.  
The second payment was made in October 2007. Total contributions to 
defined benefit plans in the year amounted to £54m (2007 – £61m). 

For defined contribution schemes the charge for the year is equal to the 
contributions made which amounted to £26m (2007 – £24m).

Financial reporting standards and accounting policies
IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: disclosures, has been adopted this year.  
No other changes to financial reporting standards have a material impact 
on the group accounts. 

Post balance sheet events
On 28 October 2008 we announced the creation of Stratas Foods, a joint 
venture with Archer Daniels Midland Company (‘ADM’) for the manufacture, 
marketing and distribution of packaged oil products in the US and Canada. 
ABF and ADM will each hold a 50% share in the joint venture, which will be 
headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee.

ABF will contribute US$38m of assets from the ACH oils business, primarily  
in the form of trademarks, whilst ADM will contribute packaging equipment 
at four of its facilities in the US. The business contributed by ABF generated 
operating profit of US$20m in the year ended 15 September 2007.

john Bason  
Finance director

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 17

 
 
 
 
 
Board of directors

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

18 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

01 Martin G Adamson
Non-executive director (age 69)
Appointed a director on 11 October 1999 and Chairman on 5 December 
2002. He was a senior partner of KPMG and a member of that firm’s board 
until 1996. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants  
of Scotland.

06 WG Galen Weston OC
Non-executive director (age 68)
A director since 1964, he is chairman and president of George Weston 
Limited, Canada. He is also chairman of Selfridges & Co. Limited, a  
non-executive director of Wittington Investments Limited and a trustee  
of the Garfield Weston Foundation.

07 Timothy Clarke 
Senior independent non-executive director (age 51)
Appointed a director on 3 November 2004, he has been chief executive of 
Mitchells & Butlers plc since the demerger from Six Continents PLC in 2003.  
He joined Bass PLC in 1990 having previously been a partner of Panmure  
Gordon & Co.

08 Javier Ferrán
Independent non-executive director (age 52)
Appointed a director on 1 November 2006, he spent his earlier career with 
Bacardi Group, his last position being president and chief executive officer.  
He is currently a partner at Lion Capital LLP, a London-based private  
equity firm. 

09 Charles Sinclair
Independent non-executive director (age 60)
Appointed a director on 1 October 2008, he is a non-executive director  
of SVG Capital plc. He was chief executive of Daily Mail and General  
Trust plc from 1989 until he retired from that role and the board on  
30 September 2008. 

02 George G Weston
Executive director (age 44)
George Weston is Chief Executive. He is a graduate of New College Oxford 
and has an MBA from Harvard Business School. In his former roles as 
Managing Director of Westmill Foods, Allied Bakeries and George Weston 
Foods Ltd (Australia) he has been a member of the ABF board since 1999.  
He took up his current appointment in April 2005. He is also a non-executive 
director of Wittington Investments Limited and a trustee of the Garfield 
Weston Foundation.

03 John G Bason
Executive director (age 51)
Appointed Finance Director in May 1999, he was previously the finance 
director of Bunzl plc and is a member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

04 Peter Smith
Independent non-executive director (age 62)
Appointed a director on 28 February 2007, he is chairman of Savills plc and 
Templeton Emerging Markets Investment Trust plc, and a non-executive 
director of NM Rothschild & Sons Limited and The Equitable Life Assurance 
Society. Formerly, he was senior partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) 
and served for two years as chairman of Coopers & Lybrand International 
and as a member of the global leadership team of PwC and chairman of 
RAC plc.

05 Lord Jay of Ewelme GCMG
Independent non-executive director (age 62)
Appointed a director on 1 November 2006, he was British Ambassador to  
France from 1996 to 2001 and Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign  
& Commonwealth Office from 2002 to 2006. He is a non-executive director 
of Candover Investments plc, Valeo, the French-based automobile parts 
company and of Credit Agricole, the French-based international banking 
group. He has been an independent member of the House of Lords since 
2006 and is Chairman of the House of Lords Appointments Commission.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 19

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report

for the year ended 13 September 2008

The directors submit to the members their seventy-third annual report  
together with the audited financial statements of Associated British  
Foods plc (the ‘Company’) for the 52 weeks ended 13 September 2008.

Business review
The information that fulfils the requirements of the business review, as 
required by Section 234 ZZB of the Companies Act 1985, and which should 
be treated as forming part of this report by reference are included in the 
following sections of the annual report:

• Chairman’s statement on pages 4 and 5.

• Group at a glance on pages 2 and 3.

•  Operating review on pages 6 to 15, which includes a review of the external 

environment, key strategic aims and performance measures.

• Principal risks and uncertainties are described on pages 27 to 29.

• Details of the principal operating subsidiaries are set out on page 99.

• Financial review on pages 16 and 17.

•  Corporate citizenship on pages 36 and 37.

Principal activities 
The activities of the group principally concern the processing and 
manufacture of food worldwide and textile retailing in the UK and 
continental Europe. Comments on the development of the business  
during the period under review and on the future outlook are contained 
within the Chairman’s statement on pages 4 and 5 and the Operating  
review on pages 6 to 15.

The Company is the holding company for the Associated British Foods 
group (‘the group’). Details of the principal operating subsidiaries are set  
out on page 99.

The audited financial statements of the group and Company appear on  
pages 48 to 107.

Results and dividends
The consolidated income statement is on page 48. Profit for the financial 
year attributable to equity shareholders amounted to £357m.

The directors recommend a final dividend of 13.5p per ordinary share, to  
be paid, if approved, on 9 January 2009 which, together with the interim 
dividend of 6.75p per share paid in July, amounts to 20.25p for the year. 
Dividends are detailed on page 63.

Research and development
Innovative use of existing and emerging technologies will continue to be 
crucial to the successful development of new products and processes for  
the group.

The Company has a major technical centre in the UK at the Allied  
Technical Centre. Facilities also exist at ACH Food Companies in the  
US, Weston Technologies and AB Mauri in Australia and AB Enzymes in 
Germany. These centres support the technical resources of the trading 
divisions in the search for new technology and in monitoring and 
maintaining high standards of quality and food safety.

Charitable and political donations
Contributions to charitable organisations by the group during the year 
totalled £1.6m (2007 – £1.6m). No political donations were made during  
the year. 

Financial instruments 
Details of the group’s use of financial instruments, together with 
information on our risk objectives and policies and our exposure to price 
risks, credit risks, liquidity risks and interest rate risks, can be found in note 
25 on pages 84 to 96.

20 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Payments to suppliers
The Company has no trade creditors but has a group policy on payment  
of suppliers set out in its Business Principles which states that the  
group settles its bills promptly, being a signatory to the Better Payment 
Practice Code.

Employees
Employees are the Company’s most crucial resource, and it therefore abides 
by the following principles:

•  Equal opportunities – it is committed to offering equal opportunities to  
all people in their recruitment, training and career development, having 
regard for their particular aptitudes and abilities. Full and fair consideration 
is given to applicants with disabilities and every effort is made to give 
employees who become disabled whilst employed by the Company an 
opportunity for retraining. 

•  Health and safety – health and safety are considered as equal in importance 
to that of any other function of the Company and its business objectives. 
The policy and a full global report is available on the Company’s website  
at www.abf.co.uk 

•  Harassment – the Company will not tolerate sexual, mental or physical 
harassment in the workplace. It expects incidents of harassment to be 
reported to the appropriate human resources director. 

•  Human rights – managers must take account of the core International 
Labour Organisation labour conventions and strive to observe the UN 
Declaration on Human Rights, by respecting the dignity and human  
rights of its employees and in particular as stated below:

   ‘Universal respect for an observance of human rights and fundamental 
freedoms for all without discrimination as to race, sex, language or religion’.

   It remunerates fairly with respect to skills, performance, its peers and  
local conditions.

•  Communication – the Company will brief employees and their 

representatives on all relevant matters on a regular basis. 

•  Security – the security of our staff and customers is paramount and the 
Company will at all times take the necessary steps to minimise risks to  
their safety.

Property, plant & equipment
The group’s property, plant & equipment are included in the financial 
statements at depreciated historic cost. The properties are employed in  
the business and many of them were acquired when market values were 
substantially lower than at present. The directors consider that a surplus  
over book value exists, but have not quantified the excess.

Substantial shareholding and controlling interest
Details of a controlling interest in the shares of the Company are given  
in note 30 on page 99. 

Other than as noted above, so far as is known, no other person holds or  
is beneficially interested in a disclosable interest in the Company. 

Power to issue shares 
At the last annual general meeting, held on 7 December 2007, authority 
was given to the directors to allot unissued relevant securities in the 
Company up to a maximum of an amount equivalent to one third of the 
shares in issue at any time up to 6 December 2012. No such shares have 
been issued. The directors propose to renew this authority at the annual 
general meeting to be held on 5 December 2008 for a further period of  
five years.

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A further special resolution passed at that meeting granted authority to the 
directors to allot equity securities in the Company for cash, without regard to 
the pre-emption provisions of the Companies Act 1985. This authority expires 
on the date of the annual general meeting to be held on 5 December 2008 
and the directors will seek to renew this authority for the following year.

Appointment of directors 
The Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) give the directors 
power to appoint and replace directors. Under the terms of reference of the 
Nomination committee, any appointment must be recommended by the 
Nomination committee for approval by the board of directors. The Articles 
also require directors to retire and submit themselves for election at the 
first annual general meeting following appointment and all directors who 
held office at the time of the two preceding annual general meetings, to 
submit themselves for re-election. 

Articles of Association 
The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of  
the shareholders. 

Power of the directors 
The directors are responsible for managing the business of the Company  
and may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions  
of relevant statutes, to any directions given by special resolution and to the 
Company’s Memorandum and Articles. The Articles, for example, contain 
specific provisions and restrictions concerning the Company’s power to 
borrow money. Powers relating to the issuing of shares are also included in 
the Articles and such authorities are renewed by shareholders at the annual 
general meeting each year. Power to purchase the Company’s own shares is 
also provided in the Articles subject to statutory provisions. The directors 
have no existing authority to purchase the Company’s own shares.

Significant agreements 
The group has a number of borrowing facilities provided by various banking 
groups. These facility agreements generally include change of control 
provisions which, in the event of a change in ownership of the Company, 
could result in renegotiation or withdrawal of these facilities. The most 
significant of these agreements are the US$1.2bn syndicated loan facility 
which was signed on 12 October 2006 and under which £469m was drawn 
down at the year end and the £120m Finance Contract from the European 
Investment Bank which was signed on 5 December 2007 and under which 
£120m was drawn down at the year end. Since the year end, the Company 
has negotiated a multicurrency £320m syndicated loan facility with a term 
of three years. It will be used for general corporate purposes. The new 
facility has been provided by the Company’s existing bank group. 

There are a number of other agreements that take effect, alter or terminate 
upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, such as 
commercial contracts and joint venture agreements. None is considered  
to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the 
group as a whole. 

Further information
Further information that fulfils the requirements of section 992 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and which should be treated as forming part of  
this report by reference are included in the following sections of the  
annual report:

•  details of the structure of the Company’s share capital and the rights 
attached to the Company’s shares set out on pages 78 and 79; and

the Company’s auditors are aware of that information. For these purposes, 
relevant audit information means information needed by the Company’s 
auditors in connection with the preparation of their report on page 35.

Auditors
In accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution 
for the re-appointment of KPMG Audit Plc as auditors of the Company is  
to be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting.

Directors
The names of the persons who were directors of the Company during the 
financial year and as at 4 November 2008 appear on pages 18 and 19, other 
than Lord MacGregor and Mike Alexander who each retired from the board 
at the end of the annual general meeting on 7 December 2007. 

Charles Sinclair was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 October 
2008 and, in accordance with the Articles, will be standing for election at 
the annual general meeting to be held on Friday, 5 December 2008. 

Also in accordance with the Articles and the Combined Code on Corporate 
Governance, Galen Weston, who has served for more than nine years,  
Martin Adamson, John Bason and George Weston retire from the board. 
These directors, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election at the annual 
general meeting. 

Three directors of operating subsidiaries, benefited from qualifying third-
party indemnity provisions provided by the Company’s wholly owned 
subsidiary, ABF Investments plc, during the financial year and at the date  
of this report.

Non-beneficial interests
The following two directors of the Company at the end of the year had  
non-beneficial interests:

Galen Weston and George Weston are trustees of a trust, in which they 
have no beneficial interests, which at 13 September 2008 held 683,073 
ordinary shares of 50p (2007 – 683,073) in Wittington Investments Limited.

Subsequent changes
The interests shown above remained the same at 4 November 2008.

Directors’ responsibility statement
•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit for the Company 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  Pursuant to Disclosure and Transparency Rules Chapter 4, the following 
sections of the Company’s annual report contain a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company, and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as  
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face:

1. The Chairman’s statement on pages 4 and 5
2.  Operating review on pages 6 to 15 which includes a review of the 

external environment, key strategic aims and performance measures

3.  Financial review on pages 16 and 17
4. Directors’ report ‘Research and Development’
5.  Directors’ report ‘Financial Instruments’
6. Directors’ report ‘Property, plant and equipment’, and
7. Directors’ report ‘Power of directors’

• details of the employee share schemes set out on pages 82 and 83.

On behalf of the board

Disclosure of information to auditors
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ 
report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant  
audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and each 
director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a director to 
make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 

Martin Adamson 
Chairman 
4 November 2008

George Weston 
Chief Executive 

John Bason  
Finance Director  

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 21

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

The board remains committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance throughout the group, which it believes are vital to its business 
integrity and successful long-term performance. The board recognises that 
corporate governance is not an end in itself but an important means to  
an end.

The Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority require UK listed 
companies to report on the manner in which they apply the Combined 
Code on Corporate Governance (the ‘Combined Code’). The board 
recognises that the Combined Code represents best practice and this 
report, together with the Remuneration report, sets out how the Company 
applies the principles of this Combined Code which deal with directors, 

directors’ remuneration, relations with, and accountability to, shareholders, 
and the audit of the Company.

The board believes that any system which is adopted must also reflect 
necessary standards of governance for Associated British Foods plc and its 
corporate social responsibilities and believes that the systems in place meet 
those requirements.

Statement of compliance
The board considers that the Company has complied fully with the 
provisions set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code throughout the year, 
with the following exceptions set out in the table below:

Combined Code Provisions
B.2.1 – The Chairman should not 
chair the Remuneration committee 

Status 
Martin Adamson is both Chairman 
and chair of the Remuneration 
committee.

A.4.4 – The terms and conditions of 
appointment of non-executive 
directors should be made available  
for inspection

Galen Weston has not entered into  
a formal letter of appointment. 

The board of directors
Role and responsibilities
All members of the board take collective responsibility for the business and 
management of the Company. The board met formally nine times during  
the year. The individual attendance by directors is detailed on page 23. 

There is a formal schedule of matters reserved to the board for decision, 
which includes the approval of:

• annual and interim results and interim management statements; 

• the Company’s strategic and operating plans;

• annual budget;

• appointments to the board and as company secretary;

• treasury policies;

• dividend policy;

• amendments to the Company’s pension scheme;

•  larger capital expenditure, acquisitions, disposals and investment 

proposals; and

• the overall system of internal control and risk management.

Certain specific responsibilities are delegated to the board committees, 
notably the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination committees, which operate 
within clearly defined terms of reference, reporting regularly to the board. 

Composition
The board currently comprises the non-executive Chairman Martin 
Adamson, the Chief Executive George Weston, the Finance Director  
John Bason and five non-executive directors who are independent of 
management and have no relationships which would materially interfere 
with the exercise of their independent judgement. The board also  
includes Galen Weston, a non-executive director, who is not regarded as 
independent in view of his relationship with Wittington Investments Ltd.

22 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Explanation
The board of Associated British Foods plc does not accept this 
recommendation as it considers that Martin Adamson, due to his 
experience, is best suited to chair this committee. The Combined Code  
now recognises that the Chairman can be a member of the Remuneration 
committee. No director has any involvement in the determination of his 
own remuneration.

This is due to his relationship with the Company’s ultimate holding 
company, Wittington Investments Limited, of which he is a director and 
shareholder. Galen Weston receives no fees for performing his role as a 
non-executive director and Associated British Foods plc does not reimburse 
him for any expenses incurred by him in that role. In accordance with the 
Combined Code, he is subject to annual re-election.

The board considers that the non-executive directors provide a solid 
foundation for good corporate governance for the group and ensure that  
no individual or group dominates the board’s decision-making. 

Details of the full board are set out on pages 18 and 19.

Chairman and Chief Executive
The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are separately held and 
the division of their responsibilities is clearly established, set out in writing, 
and agreed by the board. The Chairman, Martin Adamson, is responsible  
for the running and leadership of the board. The Chief Executive, George 
Weston, is responsible for leading and managing the business within the 
authorities delegated by the board.

Senior independent director
Tim Clarke is the recognised senior independent director. 

Re-election
Under the Articles, all directors seek election at their first annual general 
meeting and one third of the directors must retire by rotation each year, 
subject to the requirement that each director seeks re-election every three 
years. Furthermore, in accordance with the Combined Code, each non-
executive director who has served for more than nine years is required to 
stand for annual re-election. Accordingly, in addition to Charles Sinclair who 
is seeking election, Galen Weston, Martin Adamson, John Bason and George 
Weston will be required to seek re-election at the forthcoming annual 
general meeting. 

Induction and continuing professional development
On joining the board, directors are given background documents describing 
the Company and its activities and are provided with an appropriate 
induction programme. The Company offers major shareholders the 
opportunity to meet new non-executive directors. Site visits were arranged 
during the year for the newly appointed independent non-executive 
directors to meet the senior management teams at major business units. 
Ongoing training is provided as necessary.

 
 
 
 
 
 
B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Information flow
Board and committee papers are circulated to members in advance of  
the meetings. In addition to formal meetings, the Chairman and Chief 
Executive maintain regular contact with all directors. The Chairman also 
holds informal meetings with non-executive directors, without any of the 
executives being present, to discuss any issues affecting the group.

To keep the non-executive directors informed of events throughout the 
group between board meetings, regular management updates are sent  
to each director. This seeks to ensure that the non-executive directors  
are always kept fully informed of the latest issues affecting the group.

Location of board meetings
Board meetings occasionally take place at the offices of the group’s 
businesses. This further enables non-executive directors to develop their 
knowledge of the group and to consult with management and other 
employees. Non-executive directors may also make additional visits to  
our overseas businesses through the year.

Senior executives below board level are invited, when appropriate, to attend 
board meetings and to make presentations on the results and strategies of  
their business units.

Independent professional advice
The board has adopted a procedure whereby directors may, in pursuit  
of their duties and where they judge it necessary, take independent 
professional advice on any matter at the Company’s expense. 

Company Secretary
Directors have direct access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who is responsible for ensuring that board procedures  
are followed.

Attendance at meetings
The attendance by individual directors at board and committee meetings 
during the year ended 13 September 2008 was as follows:

Directors are generally provided with the papers for board and committee 
meetings a week in advance. This enables any director who is unable to 
attend to provide comments to the Chairman, the chairman of the relevant 
committee or the Company Secretary, who will then relay these comments 
to the relevant meeting. 

Board committees 
Membership of the three key committees was refreshed in January 2008.  
Current membership of each committee is detailed below.

Nomination committee 
Current members: Martin Adamson, Tim Clarke, Javier Ferrán, Lord Jay,  
Charles Sinclair, Peter Smith.

Chairman: Martin Adamson.

Further details of the Nomination committee can be found on page 24.

Audit committee 
Current members: Tim Clarke, Lord Jay, Charles Sinclair, Peter Smith.

Chairman: Peter Smith.

Further details of the Audit committee can be found on page 25.

Remuneration committee 
Current members: Martin Adamson, Tim Clarke, Javier Ferrán, Lord Jay,  
Charles Sinclair, Peter Smith.

Chairman: Martin Adamson.

Details of the Remuneration committee and its policies can be found on 
pages 30 to 33.

The terms of reference of the Nomination committee, the Audit committee 
and the Remuneration committee are available on request and from  
www.abf.co.uk

Directors  
Martin Adamson  
George Weston  
John Bason  
Lord MacGregor (1) 
Mike Alexander (1) 
Tim Clarke  
Lord Jay   
Javier Ferrán 
Peter Smith  
Galen Weston 

Nomination  
committee  

Audit 
committee 

Remuneration 
committee 

Full board 
meeting

Possible 
4 
–  
–  
– 
– 
4 
4 
4 
4 
– 

Actual 
4 
– 
– 
– 
– 
4 
4 
4 
4 
 – 

Possible 
– 
– 
– 
1 
1 
3 
 3  
– 
3 
– 

Actual 
– 
– 
– 
1 
1 
3 
3 
– 
3 
– 

Possible  
3 
– 
– 
1 
1 
2 
2 
3 
3 
– 

Actual 
3 
– 
– 
1 
1 
2 
2 
3 
3 
– 

Possible 
9 
9 
9 
3 
3 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 

Actual
9
9
9
3
3
9
9
8
9
3

(1) Lord MacGregor and Mike Alexander retired as directors on 7 December 2007. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance continued

Board evaluation
In the final financial quarter the senior independent director led the  
annual process which enabled the board to evaluate the effectiveness of  
its performance. This involved an individual discussion between Tim Clarke 
and each director based upon designated areas and topics. All input was 
treated as strictly confidential and was not attributed to any individual 
board member. The results of this exercise were subsequently reviewed  
by the board. The performance of the Chairman was also appraised at a 
meeting of the non-executive directors chaired by the senior independent 
director and taking into account the views of the executive directors.

The process in 2008 confirmed that all directors continued to contribute 
effectively and with proper commitment, including of time, to their roles.

Relations with shareholders
The Company is committed to increasing shareholder value, and 
communicates its achievements and prospects to its shareholders in  
an accurate and timely manner. Apart from the annual general meeting,  
the Company communicates with its shareholders by way of the annual 
report and accounts and the half-yearly report. Significant matters relating  
to the trading or development of the business are disseminated to the 
market by way of Stock Exchange announcements. The Company also 
holds meetings with its major institutional shareholders to discuss the 
Company’s operations.

The senior independent director is available to shareholders in the  
event that communication with the Chairman, Chief Executive or  
Finance Director has failed to resolve concerns or where such contact  
is inappropriate.

The annual general meeting takes place in London. Formal notification is 
sent to shareholders approximately one month in advance and in any event 
at least 20 working days before the meeting. The annual general meeting 
gives shareholders an opportunity to hear about the general development 
of the business and to ask questions of the Chairman and, through him, the 
chairmen of the key committees and other directors. The practice has been 
for a short film to be shown at the meeting explaining a particular area of 
the group’s business.

Accountability and audit
The board is required by the Combined Code to present a balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects.  
In relation to this requirement, reference is made to the statement of 
directors’ responsibilities for preparing the financial statements set out  
on page 34 of this annual report and accounts.

The independent auditors’ report on page 35 includes a statement by the 
auditors about their reporting responsibilities. The board recognises that  
its responsibility to present a balanced and understandable assessment 
extends to interim and other price-sensitive public reports, reports to 
regulators, and information required to be presented by law.

Going concern
After making due enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation  
that the group has adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis for preparing the financial statements on pages 48 to 107  
of this annual report and accounts.

Procedures to deal with directors’ conflicts of interest
The Company has procedures in place to deal with the situation where 
a director has a conflict of interest. As part of the new company law regime 
introduced by the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘2006 Act’), these procedures 
have been revised and the Company will be seeking shareholder approval 
to amend its Articles of Association to include provisions for dealing with 
directors’ conflicts of interest. As part of this process, the members of the 
board will endeavour to:

•  consider each conflict situation separately on its particular facts;

•  consider the conflict situation in conjunction with the rest of his duties 

under the 2006 Act;

•  keep records and board minutes as to authorisations granted by directors 

and the scope of any approvals given; and

• regularly review conflict authorisation. 

Report of the Nomination committee
Composition of the Nomination committee
The members of the Nomination committee who held office during the 
year and at the date of this report are:

Martin Adamson (Chairman) 
Tim Clarke 
Javier Ferrán  
Lord Jay  
Lord MacGregor (until December 2007) 
Charles Sinclair (from November 2008)
Peter Smith (from January 2008)

Executive directors may be invited to attend as appropriate. 

The Nomination committee leads the process for board appointments 
making recommendations to the board.

The Chairman does not chair the Nomination committee when it is  
dealing with the appointment of his successor. In these circumstances the 
committee is chaired by a non-executive director elected by the remaining 
members. The committee met four times during the year.

Duties
The Nomination committee is responsible for identifying and nominating, 
for the approval of the board, candidates to fill board vacancies as and 
when they arise. Before an appointment is made, the committee evaluates 
the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the board and, in the 
light of this evaluation, prepares a description of the role and capabilities 
required for a particular appointment.

Candidates from a wide range of backgrounds are considered. The 
Nomination committee normally uses external advisors to facilitate 
searches for potential candidates.

The time required from a non-executive director is reviewed annually.  
The annual board evaluation is used to assess whether the non-executive 
director is spending sufficient time to fulfil his duties.

The Nomination committee gives full consideration to succession  
planning in the course of its work, taking into account the challenges  
and opportunities facing the Company and what skills and expertise are 
therefore needed on the board and from senior management in the future.

24 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Nomination committee reviews the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the board and, if 
appropriate, makes recommendations for changes to the board. In this 
respect, the committee has regard to the results of the annual board 
evaluation. The committee keeps under review the leadership needs of  
the organisation, both executive and non-executive, with a view to  
ensuring the continued ability of the organisation to compete efficiently  
in the marketplace. The committee makes recommendations regarding  
the membership of the Audit committee in consultation with the Audit 
committee chairman.

Activities
The Nomination committee makes recommendations to the board  
on succession for executive directors, the re-appointment of any non-
executive directors at the conclusion of their specified term of office,  
any matter relating to the continuation in office of any director at any  
time and the appointment of any director to executive or other office.

External recruitment consultants Odgers Ray & Berndtson, the global 
executive search firm, conducted a thorough search and identified a  
number of high quality candidates in connection with the most recent 
non-executive director appointment.

The Nomination committee recommended the appointment of  
Charles Sinclair to the board and he became a non-executive director  
on 1 October 2008.

Corporate website
The terms of reference of the Nomination committee, which set out  
its role and the authority delegated to it by the board, are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office and can be viewed on the 
Company’s website.

The formal letters of appointment of non-executive directors are also 
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Report of the Audit committee
Summary of the role of the Audit committee
The Audit committee is responsible for maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the group’s external auditors and for reviewing the 
Company’s internal audit resources, internal financial controls and the  
audit process. It aids the board in seeking to ensure that the financial and 
non-financial information supplied to shareholders presents a balanced 
assessment of the Company’s position. 

The Audit committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the 
external auditors and also considers the scope of their work and fees paid 
for audit and non-audit services.

The Audit committee has unrestricted access to Company documents and 
information, as well as to employees of the Company and the external 
auditors. Members of the committee may, in pursuit of their duties, take 
independent professional advice on any matter at the Company’s expense. 
The committee chairman reports the outcome of meetings to the board.

Composition of the Audit committee
The members of the Audit committee who held office during the year and  
at the date of this report are:

Peter Smith (Chairman) 
Mike Alexander (until December 2007) 
Tim Clarke 
Lord Jay
Lord MacGregor (until December 2007) 
Charles Sinclair (from November 2008)

Membership of the Audit committee is determined by the board, on the 
recommendation of the Nomination committee and in consultation with  
the committee chairman, from amongst the independent, non-executive 
directors of the Company. Its terms of reference are set by the board and  
are modelled closely on the provisions of the Combined Code.

Appointments are for a period of three years after which they are subject  
to annual review, extendable by additional three-year periods so long as 
members continue to be independent. The Audit committee is comprised  
of a minimum of three independent non-executive directors at any time 
and currently comprises four members. Two members constitute a quorum.

The Audit committee structure requires the inclusion of one financially 
qualified member (as recognised by the Consultative Committee of 
Accountancy Bodies). Currently the committee chairman fulfils this 
requirement. All committee members are expected to be financially literate.

The board expects Audit committee members to have an understanding  
of the following areas:

•  the principles of, and developments in, financial reporting including  

the applicable accounting standards and statements of  
recommended practice;

•  key aspects of the Company’s operations including corporate policies and 

the group’s internal control environment;

• matters which may influence the presentation of accounts and key figures;

•  the principles of, and developments in, company law, sector-specific laws 

and other relevant corporate legislation;

• the role of internal and external auditing and risk management; and

• the regulatory framework for the group’s businesses.

Meetings
The Audit committee meets at least three times each year and has an 
agenda linked to events in the group’s financial calendar. The committee 
invites the Group Finance Director, Group Financial Controller, Director of 
Financial Control and senior representatives of the external auditors to 
attend all of its meetings in full, although it reserves the right to request 
any of these individuals to withdraw. Other senior managers are invited  
to present such reports as are required for the committee to discharge  
its duties.

Overview of the actions taken by the Audit committee to discharge  
its duties
In order to fulfil its terms of reference, the Audit committee receives and 
reviews presentations and reports from the group’s senior management, 
consulting as necessary with the external auditors.

During the year, the Audit committee formally reviewed draft half-yearly and 
annual reports and associated announcements. These reviews considered:

•  the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted in the group’s 

financial statements and proposed changes to them;

• significant accounting issues and areas of judgement and complexity;

• litigation and contingent liabilities affecting the group; and

•  potential tax contingencies and the group’s compliance with statutory  

tax obligations.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 25

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance continued

The Audit committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to the adequacy and effectiveness of the control 
environment and the group’s compliance with the Combined Code. To fulfil 
these duties, the committee reviewed:

•  the external auditors’ management letters and audit highlights 

memoranda;

The Audit committee has recommended to the board that the external 
auditors are re-appointed.

Internal audit function
The Audit committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to the adequacy of the resourcing and plans  
of internal audit. To fulfil these duties, the committee reviewed:

•  internal audit reports on key audit areas and significant deficiencies in the 

•  internal audit’s terms of reference, reporting lines and access to the 

financial control environment;

committee and all members of the board;

•  reports on the systems of internal financial controls and risk  

• internal audit’s plans and its achievement of the planned activity;

management; and

• reports on frauds perpetrated against the group.

The Audit committee is responsible for the development, implementation 
and monitoring of policies and procedures on the use of the auditor for 
non-audit services in accordance with professional and regulatory 
requirements. These policies are kept under review to meet the objective  
of ensuring that the group benefits in a cost-effective manner from the 
cumulative knowledge and experience of its auditor whilst also ensuring 
that the auditor maintains the necessary degree of independence and 
objectivity. Consequently, any non-audit work to be undertaken by  
the auditor in excess of £300,000 is required to be authorised by the 
Chairman of the Audit committee and the Group Finance Director prior  
to commencement. Individual assignments less than £300,000 are 
approved by the Group Finance Director. 

The Audit committee has formally reviewed the independence of its 
auditors. KPMG Audit Plc have provided a letter confirming that they 
believe they remain independent within the meaning of the regulations  
on this matter and their professional standards. 

To fulfil its responsibility regarding the independence of the external 
auditors, the Audit committee reviewed:

• changes in external audit executives in the audit plan for the current year;

•  a report from the external auditors describing their arrangements to 

identify, report and manage any conflicts of interest; and

• the extent of non-audit services provided by the external auditors.

To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the committee 
reviewed:

•  the external auditors’ fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and variations 

from it; and

•  reports highlighting the major issues that arose during the course of  

the audit.

To fulfil its responsibility for oversight of the external audit process, the 
Audit committee reviewed:

•  the terms, areas of responsibility, associated duties and scope of the  
audit as set out in the external auditors’ engagement letter for the 
forthcoming year;

• the external auditors’ overall work plan for the forthcoming year;

• the external auditors’ fee proposal;

•  the major issues that arose during the course of the audit and  

their resolution;

• key accounting and audit judgements;

• the levels of errors identified during the audit; and

•  recommendations made by the external auditors in their management 

letters and the adequacy of management’s response.

26 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

•  the results of key audits and other significant findings, the adequacy  

of management’s response and the timeliness of resolution;

•  statistics on staff numbers, qualifications and experience and timeliness  

of reporting;

• the level and nature of non-audit activity performed by internal audit; and

•  the changes since the last annual assessment in the nature and extent  
of significant risks and the group’s ability to respond to changes in its 
business and the external environment.

The group’s ‘whistleblowing’ policy contains arrangements for the Company 
Secretary to receive, in confidence, complaints on accounting, risk issues,  
internal controls, auditing issues and related matters for reporting to the 
Audit committee as appropriate.

The group’s anti-fraud policy has been communicated to all employees and 
states that all employees have a responsibility for fraud prevention and  
detection. Any suspicion of fraud should be reported immediately and will  
be investigated vigorously.

The Audit committee holds private meetings with the external auditors 
after each committee meeting, and with the Director of Financial Control  
as appropriate but at least annually, to review key issues within their 
spheres of interest and responsibility.

The chairman of the Audit committee will be present at the annual general 
meeting to answer questions on this report, matters within the scope of  
the committee’s responsibilities and any significant matters brought to  
the committee’s attention by the external auditors.

The full terms of reference of the Audit committee are available on the 
Company’s website: www.abf.co.uk

Internal control
The board acknowledges its responsibilities for the group’s system of 
internal control to facilitate the identification, assessment and management 
of risk, the protection of shareholders’ investments and the group’s assets. 
The directors recognise that they are responsible for providing a return to 
shareholders, which is consistent with the responsible assessment and 
mitigation of risks.

Effective controls ensure that the group is not exposed to avoidable risk,  
that proper accounting records have been maintained and that the  
financial information used within the business and for publication is reliable. 
The dynamics of the group and the environment within which it operates 
are continually evolving together with its exposure to risk. The system  
is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of assets being 
unprotected and to guard against their unauthorised use and the failure to 
achieve business objectives. Internal controls can only provide reasonable  
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The directors confirm that there is an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the risks faced by the group and the operational 
effectiveness of the related controls, which has been in place for the year 
under review and up to the date of approval of the annual report and 
accounts. They also confirm that they have regularly reviewed the system  
of internal controls utilising the review process set out below.

Standards
There are guidelines on the minimum groupwide requirements for health  
and safety and environmental standards. There are also guidelines on the 
minimum level of internal control that each of the divisions should exercise 
over specified processes. Each business has developed and documented 
policies and procedures to comply with the minimum control standards 
established, including procedures for monitoring compliance and taking 
corrective action. The board of each business is required to confirm 
bi-annually that it has complied with these policies and procedures.

High level controls
All operations prepare annual operating plans and budgets which are 
updated regularly. Performance against budget is monitored at operational 
level and centrally, with variances being reported promptly. The cash 
position at group and operational level is monitored constantly and 
variances from expected levels are investigated thoroughly.

Clearly defined guidelines have been established for capital expenditure  
and investment decisions. These include the preparation of budgets, 
appraisal and review procedures and delegated authority levels.

Internal audit
The group’s businesses employ internal auditors (both employees and 
resources provided by Ernst & Young where appropriate) with skills and 
experience relevant to the operation of each business. All of the internal 
audit activities are co-ordinated centrally by the group’s Director of 
Financial Control, who is accountable to the Audit committee. 

All group businesses are required to comply with the group’s financial control 
framework that sets out minimum control standards. A key function of the 
group’s internal audit resources is to undertake audits to ensure compliance 
with the financial control framework and make recommendations for 
improvement in controls where appropriate. Internal audit also conducts 
regular reviews to ensure that risk management procedures and controls are 
adhered to. The Audit committee receives regular reports on the results of 
internal audit’s work and monitors the status of recommendations arising. 
The committee reviews annually the adequacy, qualifications and experience 
of the group’s internal audit resources and the nature and scope of internal 
audit activity in the overall context of the group’s risk management system 
set out below. The Director of Financial Control meets with the chairman of 
the committee as appropriate but at least annually, without the presence of 
executive management, and has direct access to the Chairman of the board.

Risk management review
The group’s risk management process seeks to enable the early identification, 
evaluation and effective management of the key risks facing the businesses at 
operational level and to operate internal controls, which adequately mitigate 
these risks. The key risks and internal control procedures are reviewed by 
group personnel together with internal audit activities. Each business is 
responsible for regularly assessing its risk management activities to ensure 
good practice in all areas. Compliance with group requirements is monitored 
six monthly, and these assessments are formally reviewed by group personnel 
at least annually. The Audit committee receives reports on internal financial 
control issues from management and from the external auditors and regularly 
reports to the board for the purposes of the board’s annual review.

The principal corporate risks as identified by each business and noted by the 
board are currently:

1. Food safety
The group derives over 55% of its turnover from the production and sale of 
food and has a positive role to play in contributing to the quality of people’s 
lives by providing wholesome and nutritious foods, food ingredients and 
animal feedstuffs. Sugar, tea, flour, bread, cereals, meat and dairy products 
are part of people’s daily lives all over the world and the group plays an 
important part in making sure these are produced efficiently and to a  
high quality.

To manage food safety risks, sites operate food safety systems which are 
regularly reviewed to ensure they remain effective, including compliance  
with all regulatory requirements for hygiene and food safety. Food products 
are made to high standards regardless of where they are manufactured.  
Food safety is always put before economic considerations.

2. Supply chain labour standards
Those businesses with global supply chains are at greater risk of controversy 
relating to breaches, by suppliers, of the International Labour Organisation 
core labour standards. Since the group uses extensive global supply chains, 
it takes all reasonable steps to mitigate the risk of damage to its reputation 
in the case of any breaches by striving to ensure that it does not buy from 
factories with poor working conditions. Examples of such steps include:

•  Primark has been working within its supply chains for several years prior  
to making its commitment public by joining the Ethical Trading Initiative 
(ETI) (www.ethicaltrade.org) in May 2006.

Primark defined its Ethical Trade Strategy in 2006 and in 2008 entered  
the second phase of its implementation which will ensure that factories 
making 80% of all purchases are assessed. 

Audits are conducted by Primark’s own regionally-based Ethical Managers  
and third-party specialist auditors. 38% of its initial audits to date have 
been unannounced and the rest take place within a pre-agreed window. 
Over 135,000 workers employed in suppliers’ factories have had their 
working conditions assessed, and improved where necessary.

After the initial audit, Primark’s Ethical Managers work with suppliers to 
support them through remediation. Training is offered to suppliers and 
their garment makers on particular issues and best practice, at regular 
intervals. Follow-up audits are conducted after three months from the 
initial audit. Over the last year Primark achieved a 75% improvement  
rate on the first re-inspection.

Primark has to report on its activity annually to the ETI and has had 
encouraging feedback on its latest annual report. 

Many of Primark’s suppliers also manufacture for its competitors. People 
working in these factories are paid the same weekly wage irrespective of 
the customer on whose behalf they are working.

All new suppliers are risk assessed prior to the supplying of their initial 
orders to Primark.

Primark recognises that shared learning and collaboration is one of the  
most successful ways to achieve sustained positive progression with its 
suppliers’ factories. Primark participates in the ETI – Supported National 
Homeworkers Group in India and is one of the founder members of the 
Wages Group.

•  AB Agri is involved in WildCare, a wildlife habitat scheme for dairy 

farms supplying Waitrose’s Select Farm milk. Working with Dairy Crest,  
the Wildlife Trusts and the Waitrose Select Farm milk pool, the scheme 
encourages farmers to develop and protect habitat suitable for wildlife.  
AB Agri employs auditors to carry out annual audits to monitor the 
species found on participating farms, paying particular attention to  
those highlighted in the relevant county Biodiversity Action Plans.  
These specialist auditors then develop action plans to help farmers 
improve habitats.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 27

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance continued

•  Twinings is a member of the Ethical Tea Partnership which requires  
its suppliers and subcontractors to meet the International Labour 
Organisation core labour standards, respecting an observance of human 
rights and fundamental freedoms without discrimination as to race, sex, 
language or religion. 

•  Illovo, British Sugar and Allied Bakeries operate a comprehensive set of 
policies and standards to cover all aspects of their operations, including 
supply chain labour standards. Performance is measured on a regular basis 
by means of self-assessments and audits by independent consultants. 

Many businesses within the group do not rely upon third parties to source 
their products. However, those that do have ethical sourcing policies in line 
with the group’s Corporate Citizenship principles and the requirements of 
their customers.

3. Competition rules
The penalties for failing to comply with the 1998 Competition Act,  
the 2003 Enterprise Act, relevant EU law and all relevant competition  
legislation are recognised as risks to be managed. Clear policy direction, 
which includes compulsory awareness training and close support from  
the in-house legal department, has reduced the likelihood of the group 
breaching these regulations.

4. Environment
The group recognises the impact that its businesses have on the 
environment. Therefore, as a minimum, it aims to comply with current 
applicable legislation of the countries in which it operates and its operations 
are conducted with a view to ensuring that:

•  emissions to air, releases to water and land filling of solid wastes do  
not cause unacceptable environmental impacts and do not offend  
the community; 

•  significant plant and process changes are assessed and positively 
authorised in advance to prevent adverse environmental impacts; 

•  energy is used efficiently and consumption is monitored; 

•  natural resources are used efficiently; 

•  raw material waste is minimised; 

•  solid waste is reduced, reused or recycled where practicable; 

•  the amount of packaging used for group products is minimised,  

consistent with requirements for food safety and product protection; 

•  products are transported efficiently to minimise fuel usage, consistent 

with customers’ demands, production arrangements and vehicle  
fleet operations; 

•  accidents are prevented so far as is reasonably practical; and 

•  effective emergency response procedures are in place to minimise the 

impact of foreseeable incidents. 

Particular attention is given to recently acquired businesses to ensure  
that they operate in accordance with the standards expected.

The principal environmental risk is the use of energy and the resultant 
emissions of carbon dioxide, a gas involved in climate change. The efficient  
use of energy is a major element of our environmental policy. Indeed, all 
sites which are subject to the EU’s Pollution Prevention and Control regime 
are also under a statutory requirement to minimise energy consumption  
by use of best available techniques.

Manufacturing operations in the UK participate in the UK Government’s 
Climate Change Agreement Scheme in which energy intensive businesses 
receive an 80% discount from the Climate Change Levy in return for 
meeting energy efficiency or carbon saving targets. The sugar sites in the 
UK and Poland participate in the EU Emissions Trading Scheme. These 
schemes allow the sites to reduce energy consumption and therefore 
reduce emissions of carbon dioxide cost-effectively. 

In addition to the consumption of energy the group generates surplus 
electricity from highly efficient Combined Heat and Power (CHP) schemes 
and sells this electricity to other companies. All UK CHP schemes 
participate in the UK Government’s CHP quality assurance scheme and 
qualify for a full exemption from the UK’s Climate Change Levy.

Carbon dioxide is emitted both directly from the combustion of fossil fuels  
at the group’s sites to create steam, heat and electricity, and indirectly by 
the power stations from which the group buys its electricity. The use of 
bagasse (sugar cane fibre, which is a renewable resource and hence carbon 
neutral) as a fuel in the cane factories eliminates the need to use coal and 
other fossil fuels to provide energy to our boilers.

Other significant environmental risks include handling and disposal of  
waste and the treatment of waste water. The principal legal risk is regulatory 
action against the group for non-compliance with licence conditions and 
statutory requirements. All the group’s businesses have named accountable 
senior executives and responsible managers and the management of the 
physical and legal risks, for which they employ specialists, is included in their 
annual objectives.

The group employs Environmental Resources Management Limited (ERM)  
to continue its rolling programme of audits of the management of 
environmental risks at a representative range of group companies. The sites 
audited are selected on the basis of materiality with regard to the range of 
issues as well as the contribution to the health, safety and environment 
performance of the group as a whole. ERM also carry out a sample data 
verification process on the group’s data to check completeness and accuracy. 
Each year the board reviews the verified results and provides strategic 
direction. Businesses are required to develop action plans as appropriate  
and progress is monitored by the group health and safety manager. 

The group publishes details of its environmental performance in a separate 
report on its website: www.abf.co.uk/csr

5. Health and safety
The group is committed to providing a safe and healthy workplace in line 
with local regulations to protect all employees, visitors and the public  
insofar as they come into contact with foreseeable work hazards. The group 
considers health and safety as equal in importance to that of any other of  
its functions and its business objectives. It requires its businesses to build  
a culture of sustained improvement.

People’s health and safety at work is a prime responsibility for all those who 
manage and supervise. All employees and those working on behalf of the 
group have a responsibility for the health and safety of themselves and 
others who may be affected by their actions. The group ensures that they  
are well informed, appropriately trained and are consulted on matters 
affecting their health and safety.

The principal health and safety risks relate to the potential for serious 
injuries, fatal accidents and regulatory action for non-compliance with 
statutory requirements.

28 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

As with environmental risks, all the group’s businesses have named 
accountable senior executives who employ specialists to manage these risks, 
and the management of these risks forms part of their annual objectives.

The group employs ERM to audit a representative sample of its operations  
to understand how companies manage their risks and to verify the data. 
Businesses are required to develop action plans as appropriate and progress  
is monitored by the group health and safety manager.

The group publishes details of its safety performance in a separate report 
on its website: www.abf.co.uk/csr

10. Regulatory and political environment
The group is subject to a wide variety of regulations in the different 
countries in which it operates because of the diverse nature of its 
businesses. It may also be affected by political developments in the 
countries in which it operates. It considers these uncertainties in the 
external environment when developing strategy and reviewing 
performance, remaining vigilant to future changes. The group engages  
with governmental and non-governmental organisations to ensure the 
views of its stakeholders are represented and tries to anticipate and 
contribute to important changes in public policy wherever it operates.

6. People
The group’s performance targets require it to have the right calibre of 
people at all levels. It must compete to obtain capable recruits for the 
businesses, and then train them in the skills and competencies that are 
needed to deliver profitable growth. At a time of substantial change in  
the businesses, there is a particular focus on creating alignment and 
energetic leadership.

7. Financial and commodity risks
Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved 
policies and guidelines to manage the group’s financial and commodity 
risks. Financial risks essentially arise through exposure to foreign currencies, 
interest rates, counterparty credit and borrowing facilities. Commodity risks 
arise from the procurement of raw materials and the exposure to changes  
in market prices. Liquidity risk arises from the availability of internal and 
external funding to enable the group to meet its financial obligations as and 
when they fall due.

Details of the group’s accounting and risk management policies with respect 
to financial instruments and the associated quantitative and qualitative 
disclosures are set out in note 25 on page 84.

8. Taxation risks
Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the position taken  
is sustainable. Management reviews each material tax benefit to assess 
whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit  
on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. 
Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge. 

The group operates internationally and is subject to tax in many different 
jurisdictions. As a consequence, the group is routinely subject to tax audit  
and local enquiries which, by their very nature, can take a considerable period 
to conclude. Provision is made for known issues based on management’s 
interpretation of country specific tax law and the likely outcome. 

9. Loss of a major site
The group operates from many key sites the loss of which, for example  
as a result of fire, would present significant operational difficulties. Our 
operations have business continuity plans in place to manage the impact  
of such an event and group insurance programmes to mitigate the  
financial consequences.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 29

 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report

1. Introduction
This report sets out the policy and disclosures on directors’ remuneration  
as required by the Directors Remuneration Report Regulations 2002  
(‘the Regulations’) contained in schedule 7A of the Companies Act 1985.  
In accordance with the Regulations, a resolution to approve this report will 
be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting of the Company. 
The vote will have advisory status in respect of the remuneration policy and 
overall remuneration packages and will not be specific to individual levels of 
remuneration. KPMG Audit plc has audited the report to the extent required 
by the Companies Act, being the sections entitled ‘Directors’ remuneration’, 
‘Long-term incentives’, ‘Directors’ pensions’ and ‘Directors’ share options’.

2. The Remuneration committee
The Remuneration committee is responsible to the board for determining 
the remuneration policy for executive directors, together with the specific 
terms and conditions of employment of each individual director, and for 
reviewing the overall policy for executive remuneration.

Committee composition
The Remuneration committee currently consists of six non-executive 
directors. The members of the committee during the year were:

Martin Adamson (Chairman) 
Mike Alexander (until December 2007) 
Tim Clarke (from January 2008) 
Javier Ferrán 
Lord Jay (from January 2008) 
Lord MacGregor (until December 2007) 
Charles Sinclair (from November 2008) 
Peter Smith

Consultants
The committee has retained Towers Perrin to provide independent market 
information and remuneration advice on an ongoing basis. Towers Perrin 
does not provide any other consulting services to the Company. 

In addition to Towers Perrin, the following people provided material advice 
or services to the committee during the year:

George Weston, Chief Executive  
Des Pullen, Group Human Resources Director  
The HR Director and Towers Perrin provided support and liaison throughout  
the year.

3. Directors’ remuneration policy 
The ongoing remuneration policy of the Company aims to:

•  provide alignment between remuneration and the Company’s business 

objectives; 

• attract and retain high calibre executive directors;

• motivate executive directors to achieve challenging performance levels;

• recognise both individual and corporate achievement; and

• align executive rewards with shareholder value.

The total remuneration of executive directors comprises base salary, annual 
and long-term incentives, pension provisions and other benefits. 

Following a detailed review of the total remuneration package of executive 
directors and other senior executives in 2006, it was agreed that a 
substantial element of executive compensation should be ‘at risk’ in order  
to reward and drive increased performance, reflect the market trend and  
to align better the interests of executives with those of shareholders. The 
proportion of maximum variable pay, in the form of annual performance 
bonus and long-term incentives, compared to base salary has increased over 
the past few years, and now stands at around 2:1 for executive directors. 

Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed in relation to median market data for comparable 
companies in terms of size, market sector and complexity. Other 

30 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

considerations are individual experience, performance and scope of 
responsibility. Base salaries are normally reviewed on an annual basis  
or following a significant change in responsibilities. 

Annual performance bonus
Executive directors and other senior executives are eligible to participate  
in an annual cash-based bonus scheme with payments based on the 
achievement of stretching financial targets and personal performance 
against individual short and medium-term objectives. Adjusted operating 
profit and working capital financial targets are set by the Remuneration 
committee at the beginning of each financial year. 

Incentive plans are due to be reviewed during the 2008/9 financial year,  
but recent pay positioning has shown that, in spite of the improvements 
introduced in 2006, the market has continued to enhance incentives available 
to senior executives such that the Company is well behind the desired market 
position in both annual and long term plans. The Remuneration committee 
has therefore agreed, that for 2008/9, the maximum incentive opportunity 
for executive directors will be increased to 150% of base salary, with an 
expected value of around 78% for ‘on target’ performance. 

Long-term incentives
The Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the 
Share Incentive Plan’) was established following shareholder approval at the 
2003 annual general meeting. Under this scheme, long-term awards are 
made in the form of a conditional allocation of shares which are released if, 
and to the extent that, performance targets are satisfied over a specified 
three-year period. 

The first allocations to executive directors and other senior executives were 
made in December 2003. The maximum face value of the allocation for 
executive directors was 150% of base salary, with no expectation of further 
allocations being made during that three-year performance period. 

As a result of the detailed review of total remuneration undertaken in 2006, 
revised incentive plan arrangements were introduced in September 2006,  
and it was agreed that executive directors should be granted an annual  
allocation of conditional shares thus creating a series of overlapping 
three-year performance periods. 

The first allocation under the new arrangements was made in November  
2006, and the second allocation in November 2007. Both these allocations  
were to a maximum face value of 125% of base salary, and relate to 
three-year performance periods, September 2006 to September 2009  
and September 2007 to September 2010 respectively. 

Performance under this long-term share plan will be measured against  
a range of 5% to 11% compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per 
share. Adjusted earnings per share was chosen as the measure for long-term 
incentives as it is transparent and easily understood both by participants  
and shareholders. 

As the first of the new three-year, long-term incentive plans will not mature 
until December 2009, arrangements were put in place to cover the gap in 
competitive remuneration for the two interim years, 2006/7 and 2007/8.  
The Remuneration committee set interim adjusted earnings per share targets 
for 2006/7 and 2007/8 which are milestones towards the adjusted earnings 
per share target set for 2009. The 2006/7 adjusted earnings per share result  
was measured against the 2006/7 interim target and the first of the two 
arrangements settled in cash in December 2007. The 2007/8 adjusted earnings 
per share result has been measured against the target set in September 2006 
and this arrangement will be settled in cash in December 2008. 

In line with the policy outlined above, it has been agreed that the third 
allocation of conditional shares under the new arrangements, to a 
maximum face value of 125% of base salary, will be made on or after  
21 November 2008. The committee has reviewed the performance criteria 
and has determined that this allocation will again be measured against 
compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share, in the range of  
5% to 11% at the end of the performance period in September 2011. 

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Other benefits
Executive directors are also entitled to the provision of a fully expensed company car, private medical insurance, life assurance, home and mobile telephone 
costs and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. The taxable value of these benefits is included in the table of directors’ remuneration below.

The executive directors’ interests in shares under the Share Incentive Plan are as follows: 

George Weston 

John Bason 

  Market price 
at date 
of award 
890.1p 
905.85p 
890.1p 
905.85p 

Award date 
21.11.06 
21.11.07 
21.11.06 
21.11.07 

End of 
performance 
period 
12.09.09 
18.09.10 
12.09.09 
18.09.10 

Vesting 
date 
21.11.09 
21.11.10 
21.11.09 
21.11.10 

Shares  Market price 
at date of 
vesting 
– 
– 
– 
– 

vested during 
the year 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Conditional 
allocations 
of shares as 
at 15.09.07 
 94,793 
– 
 68,812 
– 

Conditional 
allocations 
of shares as 
at 13.09.08
 94,793
103,494
 68,812
 71,618

Value 
vested 
– 
– 
– 
– 

4. Directors’ remuneration 
Executive directors’ salaries were reviewed on 1 December 2007 in accordance with normal policy. George Weston’s salary was increased by 10% to 
£825,000 and John Bason’s salary was increased by 6.2% to £550,000. Executive directors’ salaries will next be subject to review on 1 December 2008. 

Non-executive directors
Martin Adamson 
Galen Weston 
Lord MacGregor 
Mike Alexander 
Tim Clarke 
Lord Jay   
Javier Ferrán 
Peter Smith 
Jeff Harris (retired 2007) 

Executive directors
George Weston 
John Bason 

For the year to 13 September 2008

Salary 
or fees 
£000  

266 
– 
12 
10 
59 
52 
52 
61 
– 

Bonuses 
£000  

Benefits 
£000  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– –
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2008 
Total 
£000  

266 
 –

12 
10 
59 
52 
52 
61 
– 

2007 
Total 
£000

239

53
46
46
40
40
29
33

788 
523 
1,823 

925 
623 
1,548 

14 
21 
35 

1,727 
1,167 
3,406  

1,696
1,195
3,417

5. Directors’ pensions 
The Remuneration committee aims to ensure that retirement benefits are in line with best practice standards adopted by major companies in Continental 
Europe and the United Kingdom. 

In accordance with this policy, executive directors are covered by final salary, defined benefit arrangements and can retire at their normal retirement age  
with retirement benefits broadly equivalent to two thirds of final pensionable salary. The Company pension schemes are HMRC approved but the executive 
directors also have entitlements under employer-financed arrangements which are unregistered.

Directors’ pension disclosure for year ended 13 September 2008
The table below shows the defined benefit pension entitlements from the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme (‘the ABF Scheme’) and employer-financed 
arrangements where appropriate, of executive directors of Associated British Foods plc who were members of the ABF Scheme during the year ended  
13 September 2008.

Pension entitlements and corresponding transfer values increased as follows during the year:

Increase 
in accrued 
pension 
£000 pa 
(A) 
49 
23 

Increase 
in accrued 
pension net 
of inflation 
£000 pa 
(B) 
39 
18 

Total 
accrued 
pension 
at 13.09.08 
£000 pa 
(C) 
263 
137 

Director’s 
contributions 
during period 
£000 
(D) 
17 
17 

Value of 
net increase 
in accrual 
over period 
£000 
(E) 
319 
225 

Value of 
accrued 
pension 
at 13.09.08 
£000 
(F) 
2,290 
1,865 

Value of 
accrued 
pension 
at 15.09.07 
£000 
(G) 
1,465 
1,299 

Total change  
in value  
during period  
£000 
(H)
808
549

George Weston 
John Bason 

See notes overleaf.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report continued

5. Directors’ pensions continued
Notes:
1. Pension accruals (A) and (C) are the amounts which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of year or earlier retirement. 
2.  The pension values (E), (F) and (G) are transfer values calculated in accordance with version 9.3 of guidance note GN11 issued by the Board of  

Actuarial Standards.

3.  The value of net increase in pension (E) represents the incremental value to the director of his pension benefits during the year, resulting from additional  
service and increases in salary. It is based on the increase in accrued pension net of inflation (B) after deducting the director’s contribution during the  
year (D).

4.  The change in the transfer value (H) includes the effect of fluctuations in the transfer value due to factors beyond the control of the Company and 

directors, such as stock market movements. The director’s contributions during the year (D) are excluded from this value.

5.  Both directors opted out of the ABF scheme on 5 April 2006 and since then have earned benefits in the Employer Financed Retirement Benefit Scheme 

(EFRBS). The figures shown represent the aggregate of benefits in the ABF scheme and the EFRBS.

6. Voluntary contributions paid by directors and resulting benefits are not shown.
7.  Pension benefits include a 50% spouse’s pension. Pensions are guaranteed to increase in payment in line with RPI, limited each year to 5% for service  
accrued to 31 December 2007. The service accrued from that date will only attract pension increases in payment of RPI capped at 2.5%. Additional 
discretionary increases to pensions in payment have been granted in the past.

6. Directors’ share options
There are two schemes under which both HMRC approved and unapproved options may be granted:

•  The Associated British Foods plc 1994 Share Option Scheme (‘the 1994 Scheme’) requires options granted to be held for five years before they become 

exercisable, at which point they are not subject to any performance criteria; and

•  The Associated British Foods 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (‘the 2000 Scheme’), under which options granted become exercisable by participants  
after an initial three-year performance period, to the extent that performance criteria have been satisfied. Performance criteria are based on robust levels  
of business performance over the period. 

It has been agreed that share option awards will not form part of the normal ongoing remuneration package for executives, although the Remuneration 
committee reserves the right to grant share options on a very selective basis.

The number of share options held by the directors under the 1994 Scheme and the 2000 Scheme were as follows: 

George Weston 

John Bason 

Options as  
at 15.09.07  
15,000* 
22,500** 

Lapsed 
in year 
– 
– 

Exercised 
during year 
15,000 
– 

Options as 
at 13.09.08 
–  
22,500 

50,000** 
50,000* 
50,000* 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

50,000 
50,000 
50,000 

Earliest 
normal 
exercise 
date 
28.04.03 
17.01.04 

17.01.04 
07.12.06 
09.12.07 

Exercise 
price 
561.5p 
484p 

484p 
497p 
564p 

Expiry 
date 
27.04.08 
16.01.11 

16.01.11 
06.12.11 
08.12.12 

Exercise 
date 
23.04.08 
– 

Price on 
 exercise
878.5p
–

– 
– 
– 

–
–
–

*  granted under the 1994 Scheme. 
**granted under the 2000 Scheme.

The gain made on exercise of share options was £47,550.

At close of business on 12 September 2008, the last trading day before the end of the financial year, the market value of the Company’s ordinary shares  
was 789p. During the previous 12 months the price ranged from 716.5p to 925p. 

32 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7. Performance review
The performance graph illustrates the performance of the Company over 
the past five years in terms of total shareholder return compared with that 
of the companies comprising the FTSE 100 index. This index has been 
selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies.

year on year TSR – ABF v FTSE 100 (2003 = 100) 

9. Directors’ beneficial interests
The directors of the Company as at 13 September 2008 had the following 
beneficial interests in the shares and debentures of the Company, its 
holding company and fellow subsidiary undertakings. 

As at 
  13 September 
2008 

As at 
15 September  
2007

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

ABF

FTSE 100

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

8. Directors’ service contracts 
It is the Company’s policy that all executive directors have rolling contracts 
with 12 month notice periods. The Company’s Articles of Association 
require that all directors retire from office at every third annual general 
meeting. Details of the contracts of service of directors who served during 
the year ended 13 September 2008 are set out below: 

Martin Adamson 
George Weston 
John Bason 
Lord MacGregor* 
Mike Alexander* 
Tim Clarke 
Lord Jay 
Javier Ferrán 
Peter Smith 

Date of 
appointment 
11.10.99 
19.04.99 
04.05.99 
09.12.94 
16.01.02 
03.11.04 
01.11.06 
01.11.06 
28.02.07 

Notice  
Notice 
  Effective date 
period from  
period from 
of current 
director
Company 
contract 
11.12.02 
6 months
6 months 
01.06.05  12 months  12 months
16.03.99  12 months  12 months
6 months
6 months 
16.11.99 
6 months
6 months 
16.01.02 
6 months
6 months 
03.11.04 
6 months
6 months 
01.11.06 
6 months
6 months 
01.11.06 
6 months
6 months 
28.02.07 

* Mike Alexander and Lord MacGregor retired as non-executive directors  
on 7 December 2007.

The board has not considered it appropriate to enter into a formal letter  
of appointment with Galen Weston in view of his relationship with the 
ultimate holding company of Associated British Foods plc, Wittington 
Investments Limited. He receives no fees for performing his role as a 
non-executive director and Associated British Foods plc does not reimburse 
him for any expenses incurred by him in that role.

The committee takes the view that the entitlement of the executive 
directors to the security of 12 months notice of termination of employment 
is in line with the practice of many comparable companies. 

The Remuneration committee’s aim is always to deal fairly with cases  
of termination whilst taking a robust line in minimising any compensation. 
The Remuneration committee has given due consideration to the 
recommendations contained in the Combined Code regarding inclusion  
of explicit provisions in directors’ service contracts for compensation 
commitments in the event of early termination. The committee will  
continue to keep under review its current practice, which is not to  
include such provisions in order to enable it to respond appropriately  
to particular circumstances. 

5,862 

  3,188,783 

Martin Adamson 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p  50,000 
George Weston 
Wittington Investments Limited,  
ordinary shares of 50p 
Associated British Foods plc,  
ordinary shares of 515/22p 
John Bason 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p  16,880 
Galen Weston 
Wittington Investments Limited,  
ordinary shares of 50p 
Associated British Foods plc,  
ordinary shares of 515/22p 
Tim Clarke 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p  4,000 
Lord Jay 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p 
Javier Ferrán 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p 
Peter Smith 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p  2,000 –

  5,672,560 

37,953 

500 –

100 –

50,000

5,862  

3,173,783

16,577

37,953 

5,672,560

4,000

In addition to the above, George Weston and John Bason were allocated a 
conditional grant of shares under the Share Incentive Plan, details of which 
are shown on page 31.

The interests shown above remained the same as at 4 November 2008.

10. Non-executive directors
The board reviews non-executive directors’ fees periodically in the light  
of fees payable in comparable companies and the importance attached to the 
retention and attraction of high-calibre individuals as non-executive directors. 
Fees are paid on a per annum basis and are not varied for the number of days 
worked. The chairman of the Audit committee and the senior independent 
director are paid an additional fee. Non-executive directors do not participate 
in the Company’s annual or long-term incentive plans and take no part in any 
discussion or decision concerning their own fees. 

Adjustments were made to the fees in December 2007 following a period  
of two years in which the fees had remained unchanged. The next review 
will take place in December 2009.

11. Executive directors serving as non-executive directors
The Remuneration committee has determined that executive directors 
serving as non-executive directors of other companies may retain any  
fees earned. 

During the year, George Weston served as a non-executive director of 
Wittington Investments Limited, for which he received no compensation. 

12. Compliance statement
In compliance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations  
2002, the auditable part of the Remuneration report comprises directors’ 
remuneration on page 31, directors’ pensions on pages 31 and 32, directors’ 
share options on page 32 and directors’ beneficial interests on page 33.

Paul Lister 
Company Secretary 
4 November 2008

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the annual report and the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the group  
and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law  
and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are 
required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs 
as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the 
parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). 

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 1985. They have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets  
of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for 
preparing a directors’ report, directors’ remuneration report and corporate 
governance statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The group financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted  
by the EU to present fairly the financial position and the performance of  
the group; the Companies Act 1985 provides in relation to such financial 
statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial 
statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving  
a fair presentation.

The parent company financial statements are required by law to give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company and of the profit  
or loss of the parent company for that period. In preparing each of the group 
and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

•  for the group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared  

in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable  
UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial 
statements; and 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it  
is inappropriate to presume that the group and the parent company  
will continue in business.

34 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Associated British Foods plc

We have audited the group and parent company financial statements (the 
‘financial statements’) of Associated British Foods plc for the year ended  
13 September 2008 which comprise the consolidated income statement,  
the consolidated and parent company balance sheets, the consolidated 
cash flow statement, the consolidated statement of recognised income 
and expense, the parent company reconciliation of movements in equity 
shareholders’ funds, and the related notes. These financial statements have 
been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also 
audited the information in the Remuneration report that is described as 
having been audited.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board.  
An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to  
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and the part of  
the Remuneration report to be audited. It also includes an assessment  
of the significant estimates and judgments made by the directors in the 
preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the group’s and Company’s circumstances, 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and  
the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or  
for the opinions we have formed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information  
and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us  
with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial 
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity  
or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of  
the presentation of information in the financial statements and the part  
of the Remuneration report to be audited.

Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view, in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the group’s 
affairs as at 13 September 2008 and of its profit for the year then ended;

•  the consolidated financial statements have been properly prepared  
in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the  
IAS Regulation;

•  the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in 
accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, of the  
state of the parent company’s affairs as at 13 September 2008;

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the 

Remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and

•  the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the  

financial statements.

KPMG Audit Plc
Chartered Accountants 
Registered Auditor 
8 Salisbury Square 
London 
EC4Y 8BB

4 November 2008

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the annual report and the group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, and for 
preparing the parent company financial statements and the directors’ 
remuneration report in accordance with applicable law and UK Accounting 
Standards (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the 
statement of directors’ responsibilities on page 34.

Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements and the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be audited in accordance with relevant  
legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing 
(UK and Ireland).

We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a 
true and fair view and whether the financial statements and the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared  
in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to  
you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report  
is consistent with the financial statements. The information given in the 
Directors’ report includes that specific information that is cross referred 
from the Business review section of the Directors’ report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept 
proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law 
regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed.

We review whether the corporate governance statement reflects the 
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2006 Combined  
Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services 
Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider 
whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and 
controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s corporate 
governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.

We read the other information contained in the annual report and consider 
whether it is consistent with the audited financial statements. We consider 
the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent 
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial statements.  
Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 35

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate citizenship

The Associated British Foods business principles are an 
essential part of our business. They form part of our long-
term strategy and their application across the group is under 
constant review. For more information about them and the 
case studies below, go online at www.abf.co.uk/csr

40%

The reduction in the average road 
miles travelled by the Ryvita 
delivery vehicles in the past year

reducing food miles and vehicle 
emissions at ryvita
Ryvita buys over 25,000 tonnes of  
rye from more than 100 growers 
throughout the UK. The average 
distance from farm to factory used  
to be 167 road miles, as only 6% of  
the rye was sourced within a 60-mile 
radius of the factories. This resulted in 
high transport costs and caused the 
vehicles to use a significant amount of 
fuel. This year Ryvita set its suppliers 
the challenge of growing rye nearer to 
its factories. The result has been a 
40% reduction in the average road 
miles travelled by its delivery vehicles.

approved: under the kyoto protocol
Mauri La-Nga is a joint venture company in Vietnam 
producing fresh and dry yeast and bakery ingredients.  
The company recently invested US$5.6m to upgrade  
its waste treatment facilities, which will both improve  
the standard of the waste water discharged and reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions. As a result, the project 
qualifies as a Clean Development Mechanism project 
under the Kyoto Protocol.

reducing waste disposal costs and  
generating income
Ryvita’s Stockport facility used to have seven different 
waste contractors and was spending £69,000 on waste 
disposal each year, with no revenue from any waste. 
However, this year, waste sent to landfill has been 
reduced by 96%; waste costs have been reduced from 
£69,000 to £20,000. In addition, Ryvita has been 
recycling some materials and has commenced selling 
these, producing income of £40,000. 

“  The benefits delivered have 

surpassed all our expectations. 
We were able to convert a waste 
management cost into a by-product 
revenue stream. We have reduced 
our waste sent to landfill by some 
96%, dramatically reduced 
transport costs, and we receive 
income from food products, card, 
plastic and metal. Only 0.9% of our 
waste goes to landfill – and we are 
working on that last 0.9%! ”

Terry Reynolds, General Manager, Ryvita Stockport.

illovo health: a case study
The Illovo Sugar Group provides medical care to its 
employees and their dependants either through 28 on-site 
clinics and four hospitals or through subsidised medical 
insurance. Its facilities are staffed by 18 doctors, 150 
nurses and 135 auxiliary personnel and serve 30,000 
employees and 70,000 dependants. During 2008 
approximately 550,000 visits were paid by patients to 
these facilities. The medical services are free to all 
employees not covered by medical aid (the vast majority) 
and this includes the dependants of permanent employees.
www.illovosugargroup.com

reducing energy requirements in china
Over the last two years, BSO China has reduced, by 
around 25%, the amount of water used to create the 
steam needed to extract sugar from its sugar cane. 
Moreover, the cane crushing and extraction stages 
have been improved to give drier bagasse, so  
that less bagasse is needed to power its boilers.  
This, combined with better control systems and  
operator training, has led to a 10% reduction in 
energy requirements over the past two years and 
an increase in its sales of bagasse to paper mills. 
A new sugar cane factory, which is currently under 
construction, has incorporated these 
improvements into its design.

25%

The reduction made by BSO China in the amount of 
water used to extract sugar over the past two years

36 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

r
e
v
i
e
w

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

How Corporate Responsibility is managed
The organisational structure of Associated British Foods is highly 
decentralised and so the responsibility for managing environmental, social 
and ethical issues rests with the management of each operating business. 
However, as a minimum, all businesses must comply with our Business 
Principles, which can be found online at www.abf.co.uk/csr. These Business 
Principles include the group’s Health and Safety and Environmental Policies 
for which the Group Human Resources Director has overall responsibility.  
He reports to the Chief Executive and is supported directly by a Group  
Safety & Environment Manager who also works with the Director of Legal 
Services on these principles and compliance issues.

Our businesses devise procedures appropriate to and compliant with local  
laws, cultures and operating conditions. Every business has an accountable  
board director and a senior manager who are responsible for safety and 
environmental matters.

The board reviews the safety and environmental performance of the 
businesses quarterly and annually respectively, as well as reviewing the 
outcome of any external assurance processes. It assesses the sophistication 
of the businesses’ risk management and safety cultures, considers levels of 
resources and agrees actions for the coming year. Businesses are required  
to develop and implement action plans as appropriate, and progress is 
monitored by the Group Safety & Environment Manager.

In focus – climate change
We recognise that carbon dioxide emitted by human activities alters the 
earth’s climatic system leading to global warming. Climate change and the 
associated regulation of carbon emissions will have implications for our 
businesses, particularly the direct impact on crop yields and the imposition  
of penalties associated with the emission of carbon dioxide. 

We closely measure our consumption of all forms of energy and seek 
opportunities to:

• reduce our use of natural resources;

• reduce emissions of carbon dioxide and other pollutants; and

• reduce our operating costs and thereby improve our profitability.

The scale of our global operations means that the purchase of energy is  
of strategic importance to the group. Energy procurement specialists are 
employed within the businesses to monitor fuel and energy prices closely 
and use their market expertise to mitigate the risk of market movements 
and minimise costs. 

In 2008 the group emitted, or caused to be emitted, 3.6 million tonnes  
of carbon dioxide. 51% of our total energy use is from renewable sources, 
principally bagasse, the residue from sugar cane, and is up 6% from  
last year.

Achievements in 2008
• we reduced the rate of reportable injuries by 20%

•  the proportion of energy used from renewable sources increased by 6%  

to 51%

• we invested in excess of £22m to help reduce our environmental impact

•  the number of factories certified to ISO 14001 environmental 
management system (or equivalent) increased from 28 to 38 

Primark has recruited a number of in-region ethical managers and has 
carried out 322 audits over the past year of which 146 were follow-up 
visits. All the factories belonging to its top 50 suppliers (accounting for 50% 
of turnover value) and all suppliers in Bangladesh have been audited. These 
audits have been conducted in ten supplying countries and have achieved 
an average remediation rate of approximately 75%.

Performance in 2008
During 2008 our environmental impact worsened due to the acquisition of  
12 beet sugar factories in northern China and organic growth throughout 
the group. We are investing heavily to make these factories energy efficient. 
Indeed we continue to seek opportunities to improve further throughout 
the group and we aim to reduce substantially our environmental impact.

KPI summary table 

OuR 2008 REPORT ENTITLED  
‘A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH  
TO SAFETy, HEALTH & THE 
ENVIRONMENT’ CONTAINS  
FuLL DETAILS OF OuR HEALTH, 
SAFETy AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
PERFORMANCE TOGETHER WITH 
DETAILED CASE STuDIES.  
WWW.ABF.CO.uK/CSR

Energy Consumption (GWh) 
Energy from Renewable Sources (%) 
CO2 emissions (million tonnes) 
CO2 emissions per tonne of product (kg) 
Water use (million tonnes) 
Waste production (thousand tonnes) 
Reportable Injury Rate (% employees  
reporting an injury) 

2008 
25,403 
51% 
3.6 
215 
156 
355 

2007 
21,162 
48% 
3.1 
205 
155 
329 

Change
+20%
+6%
+16%
+5%
+0.6%
+8%

0.8% 

1.0% 

–20%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 37

 
 
 
 
 
 
our business 
in action:

42

WE ARE NOW 
OPEN/
OSCAILTE/
ABIERTO/
GEOPEND» 
MAUREEN HINTON  
LOOKS AT PRIMARK’S 
EUROPEAN EXPANSION 
AND CONCLUDES THAT 
VALUE TRAVELS

40

FARMING IN HARMONY 
WITH THE COUNTRYSIDE

DENIS CHAMBERLAIN EXAMINES  
AB AGRI’S APPROACH TO BUSINESS 
AND THE ENVIRONMENT

40

42

38 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

44

42

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

We asked industry experts to  
comment on the shape of our  
business and what’s in store  
for 2009...

44

46

PRODUCTS 
people love

Richard Clarke says 
ABF’s acquisitions of 
grocery brands have 
enabled it to build 
strong market positions 
in growing categories 

46

Yeast:  
a BeGINNeR’s 
GUIDe tO the 
maGIc INGReDIeNt

BUT WHAT IS IT?  
HOW IS IT MADE?  
AND HOW IS IT USED 
AROUND THE WORLD?

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 39

 
 
 
 
 
Our business in action

Sugar & Agriculture »

40 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

AB AGRI: FARMING 
IN HARMONY WITH 
THE COUNTRYSIDE

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

Former Editor of Farmers Weekly, Denis Chamberlain, examines  
AB Agri’s approach to business and concludes that success in  
modern agricultural business requires partnership not only  
with customers but the environment as well. 

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Over recent years AB Agri has developed a strategy focusing on 

provision of technology throughout the food supply chain and 
increasing its international presence. AB Agri’s success in this year 
of extreme volatility is testimony to that strategy.

The complex food and animal feed chains in which the business operates 
have been made more volatile by dramatic increases in the price of cereals 
and oilseeds, burgeoning energy costs and the ongoing challenge of working 
with growing crops and livestock in an unpredictable climate.

Cereal production, central to so much of the business’s UK operation, is a case 
in point. In the past 15 months the price of wheat has swung violently, up to 
200% over the period. Frontier’s leading market position, unique centralised 
trading structure and trading systems meant it was ideally placed to manage 
price volatility on behalf of its grain customers and farmer suppliers. 

For a company determined to add value to the operations of its trading 
partners, AB Agri has had to draw on all its skills and experience in buying, 
feed formulation, logistics and technical services. The result has been 
continued growth and stable trading relations. Helping customers to manage 
their risk throughout the supply chain has been important in building 
relationships and differentiating AB Agri from its competitors.

In today’s food industry it is no longer enough to focus on the immediate 
customer or supplier. Consumers are demanding that the whole chain is 
traceable from field to supermarket, is environmentally sound, cares for  
its countryside and focuses on good animal welfare. 

AB Agri has been developing supply chains to anticipate customers’ desire  
for assured and traceable sources for products, foresight which has made  
it better able to meet the modern challenge and add genuine value.  
Waitrose customers can purchase WildCare milk from farms focused on 
bio-diversity. This scheme, developed by AB Agri, has recently been granted 
the Green Apple award for environmental best practice. Earlier this year,  
the business launched the UK’s first Carbon Trust accredited model. This  
will help to reduce the overall greenhouse gas emissions from the dairy 
farms that supply milk to Sainsbury’s. The model measures current practice  
on each farm and recommends areas for improvement such as reducing 
usage of artificial fertilisers by the judicious use of organic manure and 
reducing electricity usage by switching to modern ice bank plate coolers  
to chill milk. This ‘measure-reduce-measure’ approach is expected to deliver 
benefits beyond year one.

The future will be equally challenging, but recent acquisitions will strengthen 
the product and service offering in livestock feed and the provision of 
micro-ingredients to other businesses in the food chain both in the UK and 
overseas. This, together with a history of investing in people who can deliver 
quality service, should keep AB Agri ahead of the game. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 41

 
 
 
 
Our business in action

Retail »

              WE ARE NOW 

OPEN/
OSCAILTE/
ABIERTO/
GEOPEND»

Primark’s expansion across  
Europe gathers pace this year  
with new store openings in Spain 
and the prospect of further  
countries to come. 

Maureen Hinton, Retail Analyst  
with Verdict, examines the  
success and comes to the 
conclusion that value travels.

42 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 C lothing expenditure in the 

expanded EU is worth 
some 1300bn and offers 
major development 
opportunities, particularly 

for retailers from mature markets 
where growth is slowing and costs 
are rising. However, UK retailers 
have lagged behind their European 
counterparts in exploiting these 
opportunities. To be successful they 
need to have a proposition that  
not only stands out from existing 
operators, but one that appeals to 
differing national tastes.

In this respect Primark has a distinct 
advantage. It differs from the typical 
clothing or value model in running  
a very-low price fashion proposition 
from large, bright, contemporary 
stores in prime retail locations. Also, 
its core target market of up to 35 
year olds has the twin advantages  
of an insatiable appetite for fashion 
and lower financial exposure to  
the vagaries of the economic 
environment particularly for 
teenagers and the early twenties. 
Furthermore, due to the influence  
of global media and the internet, 
young fashion is now international 
and less prone to regional tastes. 

Expansion into fast growing 
international clothing markets 
becomes even more attractive as 
potential for growth in the UK slows 
and becomes more dependent on 
taking share from competitors.  
The influence of value retailers has 
caused a downward shift in price 
across the whole market which 
combined with substantial growth  
in retail space, has meant that UK 
clothing shoppers are saturated  
with choice as well as good value. 
However, with their disposable 
income shrinking, consumers are 
becoming more selective in their 

spending. Only a handful of large 
operators with scale economies  
can run a high volume/low price 
proposition and survive in the  
UK under these conditions.

Moreover, on the Continent, 
although discounters are well 
established, they are still primarily 
centred around a low-price family 
offer in low-cost locations and the 
value sector is at an earlier stage  
of development than the UK. 

Despite the difficult retail 
environment in the UK, 
opportunities still exist for Primark. 
Even now there are prime locations 
without a major Primark store, and 
there are more sales opportunities 
from an expanding product range. 
However, long-term sustainable 
growth must come from 
international expansion.

That said, European expansion is not 
going to be achieved unchallenged. 
Competitors, having watched 
Primark turn former department 
stores in the UK into major shopping 
destinations, will be keen to defend 
their business in continental Europe, 
particularly given Primark’s success 
in Spain, and its stated intention of 
opening stores in the Netherlands 
and Germany. 

Other retailers in the larger EU 
markets may have wide experience  
of European retail markets, but they 
are not used to running a low-cost, 
high-volume proposition. Primark is. 
On the other hand Primark lacks 
experience of running an 
international operation, but the 
recruitment this year of a number  
of key senior executives with just 
such experience will accelerate the 
learning process. Primark has a lot  
to play for.

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Shot on location  
in Madrid, Spain. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 43
Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 43

 
 
 
 
Our business in action

Grocery »

Having an extensive brand portfolio is one thing, but buying the right brands that 
complement each other is quite another. ABF’s trick has been to create market 
positions through strategic buying says food writer, Richard Clarke.

There’s no shortage of evidence that when it 

comes to developing its growing portfolio  
of brands, ABF’s Grocery group has created 
a winning formula. By developing business 
units focused on specific market sectors, 

ABF is successfully leveraging the full potential of its 
brands while creating the conditions for an effective 
acquisition strategy. 

As with any successful strategy, ABF’s growth ambitions  
are not being realised by a one size fits all approach  
but by the systematic application of a set of principles 
that are successfully creating a diverse yet coherent 
collection of businesses. 

Ethnic food wholesaler Westmill, was bought by ABF in 
1993, and has seen its sales rocket from £45 million 15 
years ago to £170 million today thanks to a track record  
of canny acquisitions – most recently a parcel of brands 
from Heinz. This focused approach has helped Westmill 
transform itself from a small regional flour miller 
operating in the private label bidding war to a leading 
supplier of ethnic ingredients to the foodservice sector.

ABF built on the success of Westmill in ethnic foods with 
the purchases of Oriental food brand Blue Dragon in 
2003 and, with much public interest, premium Indian 
food range Patak’s in 2007. Integrating these businesses 
and creating AB World Foods has enabled ABF to pack a 
much bigger punch in the vibrant ethnic foods category.

A selective approach to acquisitions also enables ABF  
to leverage category access and expertise. Take the 
purchase of Billington’s in 2004. ABF already owned 
Silver Spoon, the UK’s leading retail refined sugar brand, 
but adding Billington’s range of unrefined cane sugars to 

44 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

its portfolio meant it was able to tap into the growing 
market for premium sugar. 

Billington’s has enjoyed double-digit growth for the past 
four years, a sure sign of its value as a brand in its own 
right, but the deal has also given ABF the ability to offer 
retail buyers a one-stop shop for a full range of sugar 
products, which has also benefited sales of Silver Spoon. 

ABF takes a global approach to maximising growth,  
actively seeking out new opportunities in markets ripe  
for development. And here, too, its acquisition strategy  
is fundamental.

In Thailand, for example, ABF has doubled sales of its 
Twinings tea brand following the purchase of the 
Ovaltine hot drinks business in 2002. Exploiting 
Ovaltine’s considerable strength in Thailand – which  
is the world’s biggest market for Ovaltine – was key  
to this achievement.

Although in most cases ABF acquires a business outright, 
it isn’t afraid of taking a more creative approach to 
portfolio growth – as demonstrated by the formation  
of the Jordans & Ryvita Company. 

In this landmark deal, sealed in June this year, Jordans 
was combined with Ryvita in one business, owned 
jointly by ABF and Jordans’ founders, Bill and David 
Jordan. Both Ryvita and Jordans boast a compelling 
healthy-eating proposition and ethical credentials.  
In combination, they present an opportunity for 
significant value growth by tapping into key trends  
in today’s grocery market for healthier, low-fat and 
wholegrain foods. 

Natural Partners
The Jordan family has been  
milling grains at Holme Mill in 
Bedfordshire for five generations.

“  I was only 21 when my 

brother, David and I started 
selling natural, wholegrain 
breakfast cereal and I had 
that wonderful confidence 
of youth. People were just 
becoming interested in 
where their food came from 
and what it contained,” 

says Bill Jordan.

Bill and David’s approach to 
business has always been shaped 
by an unwavering commitment to 
traditional values. Quality is of 
primary importance as well as  
a deeply held belief in protecting 
the environment. 

“  We have built lasting 

relationships with our 
growers who are producing 
the very best ingredients,”

says Bill.  

Conservation Grade farming, 
which Jordans promotes, involves 
growers committing to taking 10% 
of their land out of food production 
and using it to create sustainable 
wildlife habitats. Fifty-one farmers 
in the scheme are paid a premium 
to grow high quality grains for 
Jordans on approximately 60,000 
acres of land.

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 45
Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 45

 
 
 
 
Our business in action

Ingredients »

46 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

O
u
r
b
u
s
i

n
e
s
s

i

n
a
c
t
i
o
n

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Yeast:  
a BeGINNeR’s 
GUIDe tO the 
maGIc INGReDIeNt

It’s the essentIal IngredIent In the essentIals we  
eat and drInk, bread, beer, wIne, not to mentIon  
the pharmaceutIcal products that rely on It.  
but what Is It and how Is It made?

Y east is an essential ingredient  

in the production of bread and 
other bakery products, pizza 
dough bases, beer, wine and 
other foodstuffs. Yeast is a living 
micro-organism belonging to  
the fungi family and no other 
ingredient, natural or artificial, 

can match the functions it performs in food and beverage 
production. Yeast is therefore a plant, according to the 
biologists, and is capable of reproducing itself. A piece  
of yeast consists of minute cells, with walls composed  
of cellulose, and an interior of living matter called 
protoplasm. You can feed it with a solution of sugar to 
make it grow, or it can be ‘killed’ by ‘starvation’ or heat. 

The primary function of yeast is to supply carbon dioxide 
gas which inflates the dough during proving and the early 
stages of bread making. The dough is aerated by the 
action of the yeast. The little cells ferment the dough, 
and produce tiny bubbles of CO2 inside it. As a result, 
when the dough is baked, it produces a light and airy  
loaf; when you examine it you can see all the tiny holes 
formed by the gas, so that it looks rather like a sponge.

There are three main types of bakers’ yeast. Liquid yeast, 
compressed yeast (collectively referred to as ‘fresh’ or  
‘wet’ yeast), and dry yeast. All three types are made in a 
sequential production process. Initially, a small quantity 
of yeast is used to seed successively larger batches of 
growing yeast through a fermentation process using a 
feedstock of molasses, which is obtained as a by-product 
of sugar production. After fermentation, a separation 
process progressively extracts excess water to produce 
liquid yeast (also known as ‘cream yeast’). Liquid yeast 
can then be processed further into compressed yeast by 
filtration and extrusion. In the final step, compressed 
yeast may be dried in a two-stage drying process. 

Fresh yeast is supplied in a number of different formats, 
depending on the strain of yeast used and to meet 
customer preferences. These may be because of 
traditional national preferences for different types of 
bread. Fresh yeast is mainly sold for bread baking, with 
small or medium-sized bakeries traditionally preferring 
to use compressed yeast. 

Liquid yeast is a form of fresh yeast and is essentially  
the raw product from the manufacturing process. It has  
a shelf life of around three weeks if refrigerated. Some 
large food manufacturing customers with high-volume, 
automated operations use specialised installation systems 
to receive the liquid yeast, distributed by refrigerated 
tanker, directly from the manufacturing facility. 

Liquid yeast is also sold in smaller quantities and  
in a stabilised format for use by medium and smaller-
sized bakeries.

Compressed yeast is made by processing liquid yeast 
over a rotary vacuum filter drum where the dehydrated 
yeast is moved from the filter drum by a knife blade with 
the resulting crumbled yeast conveyed to the packaging 
operation. It is extruded into blocks, wrapped in wax  
paper and refrigerated until distribution. These blocks 
are distributed in cartons. Customers require a cool 
room in which to store the compressed yeast which  
has a shelf life of up to six weeks, if refrigerated. 

Dry yeast is characterised by a dry matter percentage 
above 95%. As such it has a shelf life of around two years 
and can therefore be safely supplied on a worldwide basis. 
Producers in less developed countries are more likely to 
use dry yeast and, correspondingly, little dry yeast is sold 
within the EU except for domestic use by home bakers. 

ABF estimates that around 75% of the world’s dry yeast 
consumption is in Africa, Middle East, Asia and Russia 
due to the scarcity of refrigerated transport or storage 
and relative remoteness of the customer from the source  
of production.

The stuff of life: bread and wine

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 47

 
 
 
 
Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 13 September 2008

continuing operations 
revenue 
Operating costs before exceptional items 
Exceptional items 

Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates  
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
operating profit 

Adjusted operating profit 
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Exceptional items 

Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
profit before interest 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Other financial income 
profit before taxation 

Adjusted profit before taxation 
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Exceptional items 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 

Taxation – UK (excluding tax on exceptional items) 

– UK (on exceptional items) 
– Overseas (excluding tax on exceptional items) 
– Overseas (on exceptional items) 

profit for the period 

attributable to
Equity shareholders 
Minority interests 
profit for the period 

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence) 
Dividends per share paid and proposed for the year (pence)  

1Refer to accounting policy on page 53.

48 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Note 

11 

22 

Before 
exceptional 
items 
2008 
£m 
8,235 
(7,660) 
– 
575 
15 
10 
600 

Exceptional 
items1 
2008 
£m 
– 
– 
(46) 
(46) 
– 
– 
(46) 

664 
10 
(74) 
– 

5 
605 
21 
(74) 
21 
573 

632 
10 
(74) 
– 
5 

(50) 
– 
(92) 
– 
(142) 
431 

397 
34 
431 

– 
– 
– 
(46) 

– 
(46) 
– 
– 
– 
(46) 

– 
– 
– 
(46) 
– 

– 
(14) 
– 
20 
6 
(40) 

(40) 
– 
(40) 

Total 
2008 
£m 
8,235 
(7,660) 
(46) 
529 
15 
10 8

554 

664 

10 8
(74) 
(46) –

5 
559 
21 
(74) 
21 
527 

632 

10 8
(74) 
(46) –
5 

(50) 
(14) –
(92) 
20 –
(136) 
391 

2007 
£m
6,800
(6,262)
–
538
10

556

622

(74)

(39)
517
20
(55)
26
508

613

(74)

(39)

(46)

(62)

(108)
400

357 
34 
391 

45.2 
20.25 

369
31
400

46.7
19.50

 1

 2

 2

 1

 8

 4

 4

 4

 5

 7

 6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet

at 13 September 2008

non-current assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Biological assets 
Investments in joint ventures 
Investments in associates 
Employee benefits assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other receivables 
total non-current assets 

current assets
Assets classified as held for sale 
Inventories 
Biological assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Other financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
total current assets 
total assets 

current liabilities
Liabilities classified as held for sale 
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts 
Trade and other payables 
Other financial liabilities 
Income tax 
Provisions 
total current liabilities 

non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans  
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Employee benefits liabilities 
total non-current liabilities 
total liabilities 
net assets 

equity
Issued capital 
Other reserves 
Translation reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Retained earnings 

Minority interests 
total equity 

Note 

 8

 9

10 
11 
11 
12 
13 
14 

15 
16 
10 
14 
25 
17 

15 –
18 
19 
25 

20 

18 
20 
13 
12 

21 
21 
21 
21 
21 

21 

2008 
£m 

1,815 
3,110 
66 
75 
23 
106 
101 

75 2

5,371 

19 
1,042 
80 
1,228 
63 
348 
2,780 
8,151 

(278) 
(1,365) 
(25) 
(89) 
(85) 
(1,842) 

(870) 
(101) 
(449) 
(45) 
(1,465) 
(3,307) 
4,844 

47 
173 
221 
25 
4,088 
4,554 
290 
4,844 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2007 
£m

1,570
2,642
48
46
33
308
70

4,719

48
765
53
967
17
411
2,261
6,980

(7)
(125)
(1,167)
(26)
(82)
(36)
(1,443)

(598)
(14)
(430)
(31)
(1,073)
(2,516)
4,464

47
173
(49)
(1)
4,074
4,244
220
4,464

The financial statements on pages 48 to 101 were approved by the board of directors on 4 November 2008 and were signed on its behalf by:  
Martin Adamson, Chairman and John Bason, Director.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 13 September 2008

cash flow from operating activities
Profit before taxation 
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
Exceptional items 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Other financial income 
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates 
Amortisation 
Depreciation 
Change in the fair value of biological assets 
Share-based payment expense 
Pension costs less contributions 
Increase in inventories 
Increase in receivables 
Increase in payables 
Purchases less sales of current biological assets 
Decrease in provisions 
Cash generated from operations 
Income taxes paid 
net cash from operating activities 

cash flows from investing activities
Dividends received from joint ventures 
Dividends received from associates 
Purchase of property, plant & equipment 
Purchase of intangibles 
Purchase of non-current biological assets 
Sale of property, plant & equipment 
Purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
Sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
Purchase of minority interests 
Purchase of other investments 
Interest received 
net cash from investing activities 

cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to minorities 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Interest paid 
(Increase)/decrease in other current investments 
Financing:

Increase/(decrease) in short-term loans 
Increase in long-term loans 

  Movements from changes in own shares held 
net cash from financing activities 

net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange  
cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period   

50 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 5

 1
 1

2008 
£m 

527 
(10) 
(5) 
46 –
(21) 
74 
(21) 
(15) 
76 
234 
(84) 
 6
(18) 
(103) 
(156) 
149 

(9) –
(6) 
663 
(110) 
553 

 1
 2
(502) 
(70) 
(3) –
30 
(211) 
59 
(10) –
(3) –
19 
(689) 

(21) 
(156) 
(74) 
(7) 

59 
182 
(3) 
(20) 

(156) 
349 

17 2

210 

2007 
£m

508
(8)
39

(20)
55
(26)
(10)
79
214
(59)

(14)
(38)
(58)
151

(17)
802
(106)
696

(420)
(7)

30
(150)
58

20
(466)

(26)
(150)
(58)
52

(307)
417
(9)
(81)

149
198

349

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit schemes 
Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Net (loss)/gain on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries 
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange 
Movement in cash flow hedging position 
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position 
Share of recognised income and expense of joint ventures and associates 
Net gain/(loss) recognised directly in equity 
Profit for the period 
total recognised income and expense for the period  

attributable to:
Equity shareholders 
Minority interests 

2008 
£m 
(254) 
71 
360 
(58) 4
(3) –
34 7
(7) 
(1) –

142 
391 
533 

466 
67 
533 

2007 
£m
110
(25)
(32)

(2)

62
400
462

439
23
462

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant accounting policies

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Associated British Foods plc (‘the Company’) is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year  
ended 13 September 2008 comprise those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as ‘the group’) and the group’s interest in associates and  
jointly controlled entities. 

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the directors on 4 November 2008.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted  
by the EU (‘Adopted IFRS’).

The Company has elected to prepare its parent company financial statements under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. These are presented on pages  
102 to 107.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared on the historical cost basis except that biological assets and  
certain financial instruments are stated at their fair value. Assets classified as held for sale are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The preparation of financial statements under Adopted IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the reported amounts of  
assets and liabilities, income and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on experience. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. Judgements made by management in the application of Adopted IFRS that have a significant effect on the financial 
statements, and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment next year, are discussed in note 31.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised from the period in which the estimates  
are revised.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied to all periods presented.

Details of new accounting standards which came into force in the year are set out at the end of this note. None of them required restatement of primary statements  
in comparative periods, nor had any significant impact on the group’s consolidated results or financial position. The adoption of IFRS 7 – Financial instruments:  
disclosure and presentation required the restatement and expansion of disclosures for financial instruments.

The financial statements of the group are prepared for the 52 weeks ended 13 September 2008, except that, to avoid delay in the preparation of the consolidated  
financial statements, the results of certain subsidiaries are included up to 31 August 2008. The results of Illovo are included for the period to 30 September 2008  
in line with Illovo’s local reporting date. Adjustments are made as appropriate for significant transactions or events occurring between 31 August and 30 September.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and all of its subsidiaries from the date that control commences to the date that control 
ceases. The consolidated financial statements also include the group’s share of the after-tax results of its jointly controlled entities and associates on an equity-
accounted basis from the point at which joint control or significant influence respectively commences, to the date that it ceases.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating 
policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the group has joint control, typically established by contractual agreement.

Associates are those entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies.

Business combinations
On the acquisition of a business or an interest in a joint venture or associate, fair values are attributed to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
acquired, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group. 
Provisional fair values subsequently finalised are adjusted by restatement of the comparative period in which the acquisition occurred.

Revenue
Revenue represents the net invoiced value of goods delivered to customers, excluding sales taxes. Revenue is recognised when the risks and rewards of the underlying 
products have been substantially transferred to the customer. Revenue is stated net of price discounts, certain promotional activities and similar items.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are accounted for on an accruals basis in the income statement using the effective interest method.

52 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure which are material and unusual in nature and which are considered to be of such significance that 
they require separate disclosure on the face of the income statement in accordance with IAS 1.

Foreign currencies
In individual companies, transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign 
currencies are translated at the rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any resulting differences are taken to the income statement.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange at the 
balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange other than substantial transactions, which are 
translated at the rate of exchange on the date of the transaction.

Differences arising from the retranslation of opening net assets of group companies, together with differences arising from the restatement of the net results of group 
companies from average or actual rates to rates at the balance sheet date, are taken to the translation reserve.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition the group has defined contribution plans and other unfunded post-employment liabilities.  
For defined benefit plans, the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of benefits accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements 
granted to members by the group during the year. It also includes a credit equivalent to the group’s expected return on pension plan assets over the year, offset by  
a charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities over the year. For each of the group’s plans, the difference between the market value of assets and the 
present value of liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet. Any related deferred tax (to the extent it is recoverable) is disclosed 
separately in the consolidated balance sheet. Any actuarial gains or losses are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense. Surpluses 
on defined benefit plans are recognised only to the extent that they are recoverable. Movements in irrecoverable surpluses are recognised immediately as an actuarial 
gain or loss in the statement of recognised income and expense.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred. Other unfunded post-employment liabilities  
are accounted for in the same way as defined benefit pension plans.

Share-based payments: employee benefits
The Share Incentive Plan allows executives to receive allocations of shares to be distributed subject to attainment of certain financial performance criteria and typically 
after a three-year performance period. The fair value of the shares to be awarded is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The 
fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the shares. The fair value of the shares 
allocated is measured taking into account the terms and conditions under which the shares were allocated. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect  
the actual number of shares that vest.

The Share Option Scheme (1994) and Executive Share Option Scheme (2000) allow executives to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of options granted  
is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
executives become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using a binomial lattice model, taking into account the 
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest 
except where forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting.

Income tax
Income tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates  
to items taken directly to reserves.

Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, together 
with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 53

 
Significant accounting policies continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill, 
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than those acquired in a business combination, and differences 
relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the 
expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax 
assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend.

Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities, except for certain non-current other receivables, other current investments and derivative financial instruments, are measured 
initially at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter at amortised cost. Certain non-current other receivables comprise available-for-sale 
investments which are measured at market prices where available. Where quoted market prices in an active market are not available, and where fair value cannot  
be reliably measured, unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost less impairment. Other current investments (classified under other financial assets) are 
designated as ‘at fair value through profit and loss’ because they are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with the group’s risk 
management and investment strategy.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank and cash balances, call deposits and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts 
that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes  
of the cash flow statement.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are used to manage the group’s economic exposure to financial and commodity risks. The principal instruments used are forward 
foreign exchange contracts, futures, swaps or options (the ‘hedging instrument’). The group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the balance sheet, within other financial assets and liabilities, at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered 
into, and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date. Fair value is based on market rates or calculated using either discounted cash flow or 
option pricing models consistently applied for similar types of instrument. These calculations take into consideration management’s best estimates and assumptions  
based on market-related data at the balance sheet date. 

The gain or loss on subsequent fair value measurement is recognised in the income statement unless the derivative qualifies for hedge accounting, when recognition  
of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact on the group’s income statement of changes in foreign exchange or interest rates and commodity prices,  
by matching the impact of the hedged risk and the hedging instrument in the income statement.

Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives that are expected to be effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows of highly probable forecast transactions  
(the ‘hedged item’). To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, 
hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. At inception of the transaction, the group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged 
items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. This includes linking all derivatives designated as hedges  
to specific firm commitments or forecast transactions. The group also documents its assessment, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, as to whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and are likely to continue to be, highly effective.

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a highly probable forecast transaction, the effective part of the gain 
or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The ineffective part of the gain or loss is recognised immediately within 
operating profit in the income statement.

When the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the associated cumulative gains and losses previously recognised in equity  
are included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability. Otherwise, gains and losses previously recognised in equity are removed and recognised  
in the income statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, for forecast transactions, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in 
equity is retained in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. Gains or losses on hedging instruments that relate to an underlying exposure that no longer exists  
are taken directly to the income statement.

54 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Hedges of the group’s net investment in foreign operations take the form of borrowings in the currency of the investment’s net assets.

The group economically hedges foreign currency exposure on recognised monetary assets and liabilities but does not normally seek hedge accounting under IAS 39.  
Any derivatives that the group holds to hedge this exposure are classified as ‘held for trading’ within other financial assets and liabilities. Changes in the fair value of  
such derivatives and the foreign exchange gains and losses arising on the related monetary items are recognised within operating profit in the income statement.

Embedded derivatives
Derivatives that are embedded in other financial instruments or other non-financial host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risk and characteristics 
are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value. As at 13 September 2008, no material embedded derivatives had 
been identified.

Intangible assets other than goodwill
Non-operating intangible assets are intangible assets that arise on business combinations and typically include intellectual property, brands, customer relationships  
and grower agreements.

Operating intangible assets are intangible assets acquired in the ordinary course of business and typically include software costs and expenditure in relation to the 
purchase of additional sugar quota.

Intangible assets other than goodwill that have a finite life are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Intangible assets other than 
goodwill that do not have a finite life are stated at cost less impairment charges and are subject to an annual impairment test.

Amortisation is charged to the income statement within operating costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date they 
are available for use. The estimated useful lives are generally deemed to be no longer than:

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Customer relationships 
Grower agreements 
Technology and brands 

up to 5 years
up to 10 years
up to 15 years

Goodwill
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. In respect of business acquisitions that have occurred since 3 September 2004, 
goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired, including separately identified intangible assets. 
In respect of acquisitions prior to this date, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, represented by the net book value recorded under previous GAAP.  
The classification and accounting treatment of business combinations that occurred prior to 3 September 2004 was not reconsidered on transition to IFRS.

Certain commercial assets associated with the acquisition of a business are not capable of being recognised in the acquisition balance sheet. In such circumstances, 
goodwill is recognised, which may include, but is not necessarily limited to, workforce assets and the benefits of expected future synergies.

Goodwill is not amortised but is subject to an annual impairment test.

Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognised as an expense in the 
income statement as incurred.

Expenditure on development activities, whereby research findings are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and 
processes, is capitalised if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible and the group has sufficient resources to complete development. The 
expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Other development expenditure is recognised in  
the income statement as incurred. Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges.

Impairment
The carrying amounts of the group’s intangible assets and property, plant & equipment are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and intangibles without a finite life, the recoverable 
amount is estimated at each balance sheet date.

An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment charges are 
recognised in the income statement within operating costs.

Impairment charges recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to a cash-generating  
unit (or group of units) and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit (or group of units) on a pro rata basis.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 55

 
Significant accounting policies continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Calculation of recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of assets is the greater of their fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  
For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Reversals of impairment
An impairment charge in respect of goodwill is not subsequently reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment charge is reversed if there has been a change in the 
estimates used to determine recoverable amount. An impairment charge is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment charge had been recognised.

Property, plant & equipment
Items of property, plant & equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges.

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, plant & equipment sufficient to reduce 
them to their estimated residual value. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are generally deemed to be no longer than:

Freehold buildings 
Plant & equipment, fixtures and fittings
– sugar factories, yeast plants and mills 
– other operations 
Vehicles 

66 years

20 years
12 years
10 years

Leases
A lease is defined as an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee, in return for a payment or a series of payments, the right to use a specific asset for an 
agreed period of time.

Where the group is a lessee and has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset, the arrangement is considered a finance lease. Finance leases are 
recognised as assets of the group within property, plant & equipment at the inception of the lease at the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum 
lease payments. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the income statement on the same basis as owned assets. Payments made under finance leases are 
apportioned between capital repayments and interest expense charged to the income statement. Other leases where the group is a lessee are treated as operating 
leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The benefit of lease 
incentives is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

Where the group is a lessor and has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset to a lessee, the arrangement is considered a finance 
lease. For finance leases, capital amounts due from lessees are recognised as financial assets of the group within trade and other receivables at the inception of the 
lease at the amount of the net investment in the lease after making provision for bad and doubtful debts. Payments received under finance leases are apportioned 
between capital repayments and interest income credited to the income statement. Other leases where the group is a lessor are treated as operating leases. For 
operating leases, the asset is capitalised within property, plant & equipment and depreciated over its useful economic life. Payments received under operating leases 
are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Biological assets
Cane roots and growing cane are stated at fair value determined on the following bases:

 Cane roots – the escalated average cost, using appropriate inflation-related indices, of each year of planting adjusted for the remaining expected life. Expected useful 
lives are currently ten years in South Africa, seven years in Zambia and eight years in each of the other countries of operation.

 Growing cane – the estimated sucrose content valued at the estimated sucrose price for the following season, less the estimated costs for harvesting and transport.

When harvested, growing cane is transferred to inventory at fair value less costs to sell.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production 
and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated on a first-in first-out basis.

56 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

New accounting policies
The following standard issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) is effective for the first time in the current financial year and has been adopted 
by the group with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: disclosures (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007).

This standard contains new regulations concerning the disclosure of financial instruments. IFRS 7 replaces and augments the disclosure requirements of IAS 32 – Financial 
instruments: disclosure and presentation and must be applied to reporting periods that commence on or after 1 January 2007. The impact of IFRS 7 on the group’s 
financial instruments has not been material, except in respect of the restatement and expansion of financial instruments disclosures.

The following standards and interpretations issued by the IASB or the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) have not yet been endorsed 
by the EU (except for IFRS 8) and have not yet been adopted by the group:

Amendment to IFRS 3 – Business combinations and IAS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements (effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on  
or after 1 July 2009). These revised standards implement substantial revisions in the application of acquisition accounting, notably with respect to the treatment of 
acquisition costs, step and partial acquisitions, minority interests and contingent consideration. The group is currently assessing the impact of these revised standards  
on its financial statements.

IFRS 8 – Operating segments (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

This standard contains requirements for the disclosure of information about an entity’s operating segments and also about the entity’s products and services, the 
geographical areas in which it operates, and its major customers. The standard is concerned only with disclosure and replaces IAS 14 – Segment reporting. The group  
is currently assessing the impact of this standard on its financial statements, but it is not expected to be material. 

Amendment to IAS 23 – Borrowing costs (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

The amendment to IAS 23 generally eliminates the option to expense as incurred borrowing costs attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of  
a qualifying asset, and instead requires the capitalisation of such borrowing costs as part of the cost of specific assets. The group is currently assessing the impact  
of the amendment on the results and net assets of the group.

IFRIC 14 – IAS 19: The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction (effective for annual periods beginning on or after  
1 January 2008).

The IFRIC makes it generally more difficult to recognise defined benefit pension surpluses (and the related deferred tax liabilities) on the balance sheet. The impact  
of this interpretation on the group’s financial statements is not expected to be material.

IFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 October 2008).

The IFRIC clarifies certain aspects of IAS 39 with respect to hedge accounting. The impact of this interpretation on the group’s financial statements is not expected  
to be material.

The group does not consider that any other standards or interpretations issued by the IASB or the IFRIC, either applicable in the current year or not yet applicable,  
have, or will have, a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 57

 
Notes forming part of the financial statements

for the year ended 13 September 2008

1. Segmental analysis
Segment reporting is presented in respect of the group’s business and geographical segments. The primary format, business segments, is based on the group’s 
management and internal reporting structure and combines businesses with common characteristics. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. 
Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items 
comprise mainly corporate assets and expenses, cash, borrowings, employee benefit balances and current and deferred tax balances. Segment capital expenditure  
is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one year.

Business segments
The group is comprised of the following business segments:

Grocery  

Sugar 
Agriculture 
Ingredients  
Retail 

 The manufacture of grocery products, including hot beverages, sugar & sweeteners, vegetable oils, bread & baked goods, cereals, ethnic foods,  
herbs & spices and meat & dairy products which are sold to retail, wholesale and foodservice businesses.
 The growing and processing of sugar beet and sugar cane for sale to industrial users and to Silver Spoon, which is included in the grocery segment.
The manufacture of animal feeds and the provision of other products for the agriculture sector.
 The manufacture of bakers’ yeast, bakery ingredients, speciality proteins, enzymes, lipids and yeast extracts.
Buying and merchandising value clothing and accessories through the Primark and Penneys retail chains.

Geographical segments
The secondary format presents the revenues, profits and assets for the following geographical segments:

United Kingdom 
Europe, Middle East & Africa 
The Americas
Asia Pacific 

Revenues are shown by reference to the geographical location of customers. Profits are shown by reference to the geographical location of the businesses.  
Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit

business segments
Grocery   
Sugar 
Agriculture 
Ingredients 
Retail 
Central 

Businesses disposed:
Grocery   
Agriculture 
Ingredients 

geographical segments
United Kingdom 
Europe, Middle East & Africa 
The Americas 
Asia Pacific 

Businesses disposed:
United Kingdom 
Europe, Middle East & Africa 
The Americas 

58 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 –

 –

 –

2008 
£m 

3,254 
1,267 
867 
842 
1,933 

 –

2007 
£m 

2,605 
1,151 
645 
698 
1,602 

8,163 

6,701 

 –
42 1
50 3
99 4

2007 
£m

153
199
18
71
200
(26)
615

2008 
£m 

194 
153 
33 
75 
233 
(28) 
660 

 –
 –
 7
 7

6,800 

664 

622

254
155
113
93
615

3,176 
1,219 
1,142 
1,164 
6,701 

40 2
39 2
20 –
99 4

309 
159 
102 
90 
660 

 1
 3
 3
 7

6,800 

664 

622

 7

42 
30 
72 
8,235 

3,766 
1,489 
1,312 
1,596 
8,163 

42 
30 

72 
8,235 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Segmental analysis – for the year ended 13 September 2008
Business segments

Revenue from continuing businesses 
Businesses disposed 
Internal revenue 
Revenue from external customers 

Adjusted operating profit from continuing businesses 
Businesses disposed 
Adjusted operating profit 
Exceptional items 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Profits less losses on sale of property,  
  plant & equipment 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
Profit before finance income, finance expense, 
  other financial income and taxation 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Other financial income 
Taxation  
profit for the period 

Segment assets (excluding investments in 
  associates and joint ventures) 
Investments in associates and joint ventures 
segment assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Employee benefits assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current investments 
segment liabilities 
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts 
Income tax 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Employee benefits liabilities 
net assets 

Capital additions 
Depreciation 
Impairment of PP&E 
Amortisation 

Geographical segments

Revenue from external customers 
Segment assets 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 
Impairment of PP&E 
Amortisation 

Grocery 
£m 
3,267 
– 
(13) 
3,254 

194 
– 
194 
(61) 
(22) 

2 
– 

Sugar 
£m 
1,359 
– 
(92) 
1,267 

Agriculture 
£m 
870 
42 
(3) 
909 

Ingredients 
£m 
879 
35 
(42) 
872 

153 
– 
153 
25 
(24) 

1 
– 

33 
1 
34 
– 
– 

– 
1 

35 

75 
3 
78 
(10) 
(28) 

4 
4 

48 

Retail  
£m 
1,933 
– 
– 
1,933 

233 
– 
233 
– 
– 

3 
– 

236 

113 

155 

113 

155 

35 

48 

236 

2,415 
12 
2,427 

2,072 
31 
2,103 

213 
40 
253 

1,146 
15 
1,161 

1,628 
– 
1,628 

(525) 

(404) 

(89) 

(149) 

(266) 

1,902 

1,699 

164 

1,012 

1,362 

90 
81 
17 
24 

194 
55 
2 
24 

10 
7 
– 
– 

54 
27 
3 
28 

140 
64 
– 
– 

Central 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Eliminations 
£m 
(145) 
(5) 
150 
– 

(28) 
– 
(28) 
– 
– 

– 
– 

(28) 
21 
(74) 
21 
(136) 
(196) 

15 
– 
15 
348 
106 
101 
9 
(143) 
(1,148) 
(89) 
(449) 
(45) 
(1,295) 

6 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

United  
Kingdom 
£m 
3,808 
3,334 
129 
131 
– 
10 

Europe, 
Middle East 
& Africa 
£m 
1,519 
1,947 
243 
40 
2 
32 

The 
Americas 
£m 
1,312 
1,090 
29 
22 
3 
24 

 Asia 
Pacific 
£m 
1,596 
1,216 
93 
41 
17 
10 

Eliminations 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
£m
8,163
72
–
8,235

660
4
664
(46)
(74)

10
5

559
21
(74)
21
(136)
391

7,489
98
7,587
348
106
101
9
(1,576)
(1,148)
(89)
(449)
(45)
4,844

494
234
22
76

Total 
£m
8,235
7,587
494
234
22
76

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

1. Segmental analysis – for the year ended 15 September 2007 
Business segments

Grocery 
£m 
2,616 
7 
(11) 
2,612 

153 
– 
153 
(14) 

– 
7 

Sugar 
£m 
1,250 
– 
(99) 
1,151 

Agriculture 
£m 
647 
42 
(2) 
687 

Ingredients 
£m 
741 
54 
(47) 
748 

199 
– 
199 
(32) 

– 
– 

18 
– 
18 
– 

– 
1 

19 

71 
7 
78 
(28) 

– 
(40) 

10 

Retail  
£m 
1,602 
– 
– 
1,602 

200 
– 
200 
– 

8 
(7) 

201 

146 

167 

146 

167 

19 

10 

201 

1,949 
25 
1,974 

1,609 
10 
1,619 

172 
31 
203 

924 
13 
937 

1,436 
– 
1,436 

(391) 

(427) 

(56) 

(119) 

(217) 

1,583 

1,192 

147 

818 

1,219 

85 
75 
14 

113 
52 
37 

6 
7 
– 

44 
24 
28 

139 
56 
– 

Central 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Eliminations 
£m 
(155) 
(4) 
159 
– 

(26) 
– 
(26) 
– 

– 
– 

(26) 
20 
(55) 
26 
(108) 
(143) 

21 
– 
21 
411 
308 
70 
1 
(35) 
(723) 
(82) 
(434) 
(32) 
(495) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

United  
Kingdom 
£m 
3,216 
2,858 
230 
124 
10 

Europe, 
Middle East 
& Africa 
£m 
1,258 
1,601 
79 
33 
39 

The 
Americas 
£m 
1,162 
905 
37 
23 
25 

 Asia 
Pacific 
£m 
1,164 
826 
41 
34 
5 

Eliminations 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
£m
6,701
99
–
6,800

615
7
622
(74)

8
(39)

517
20
(55)
26
(108)
400

6,111
79
6,190
411
308
70
1
(1,245)
(723)
(82)
(434)
(32)
4,464

387
214
79

Total 
£m
6,800
6,190
387
214
79

Revenue from continuing businesses 
Businesses disposed 
Internal revenue 
Revenue from external customers 

Adjusted operating profit from continuing businesses 
Businesses disposed 
Adjusted operating profit 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Profits less losses on sale of property,  
  plant & equipment 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
Profit before finance income, finance expense, 
  other financial income and taxation 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Other financial income 
Taxation  
profit for the period 

Segment assets (excluding investments in 
  associates and joint ventures) 
Investments in associates and joint ventures 
segment assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Employee benefits assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current investments 
segment liabilities 
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts 
Income tax 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Employee benefits liabilities 
net assets 

Capital additions 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 

Geographical segments

Revenue from external customers 
Segment assets 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 

60 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Operating costs and gross profit

operating costs
Cost of sales (including amortisation of intangibles) 
Distribution costs 
Administration expenses 

operating costs are stated after charging/(crediting):
Employee benefits expense 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Amortisation of operating intangibles  
Depreciation of owned property, plant & equipment 
Operating lease payments under property leases 
Operating lease payments for hire of plant & equipment 
Other operating income 
Research and development expenditure 
Fair value gains on financial assets and liabilities held for trading  
Fair value losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading 
Foreign exchange gains on operating activities 
Foreign exchange losses on operating activities 

1Refer to accounting policy on page 53.

Before 
exceptional 
items 
2008 
£m 

Exceptional 
items1 
2008 
£m 

Note 

6,281 
908 
471 
7,660 

46 
– 
– 
46 

 3

 8

 8

 9

Total 
2008 
£m 

6,327 
908 
471 
7,706 

1,122 
74 
2 5

234 
70 

7 6
(12) 
21 
(25) 
24 
(22) 
16 

Total 
2007 
£m

5,058
807
397
6,262

1,002
74

214
63

(19)
16
(21)
20
(9)
10

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

An exceptional credit of £25m arose in British Sugar following acceptance of its application to renounce permanently 206,000 tonnes of UK and Polish sugar quota.  
The credit comprises compensation receivable less factory closure costs and the write-off of the unamortised cost of quota purchased in 2006.

An exceptional charge of £71m has been made for the costs of business restructuring, principally the Australian meat and dairy business following the acquisition of  
KR Castlemaine. These costs mainly comprise severance costs, impairment of property, plant & equipment (see note 9) and other closure costs. A tax credit of £23m 
arises on the above exceptional items. Following a change in tax law in the UK Finance Act 2008, Industrial Buildings Allowances are to be phased out. An exceptional  
tax charge of £17m reflects the consequential increase in the group’s deferred tax liability.

auditors’ remuneration 
fees payable to the company’s auditors and its associates in respect of the audit
Group audit of the Company’s financial statements 
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
Total audit remuneration 

fees payable to the company’s auditors and its associates in respect of non-audit related services
Other services pursuant to legislation 
Tax services 
Information technology services 
Due diligence 
All other services 
Total non-audit related remuneration 

fees payable to the company’s auditors and its associates in respect of the group’s pension schemes
Audit of the pension schemes 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m

0.6 
3.4 
4.0 

0.3 
2.3 
0.2 
1.3 
0.2 
4.3 

0.1 
0.1 

0.5
3.1
3.6

0.3
1.2
0.5
1.0
0.3
3.3

0.1
0.1

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

3. Employees

average number of employees
United Kingdom 
Europe, Middle East & Africa 
The Americas 
Asia Pacific 

employee benefits expense
Wages and salaries 
Social security contributions 
Contributions to defined contribution schemes 
Charge for defined benefit schemes 
Equity-settled share-based payment schemes 

Details of directors’ remuneration, share options and pension entitlements are shown in the Remuneration report on pages 30 to 33.

4. Interest and other finance income and expense

finance income
Interest income on financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss:
– cash and cash equivalents 
– unwinding of discount on receivables 
Total finance income 

finance expense
Interest expense on financial liabilities not at fair value through profit or loss:
– bank loans and overdrafts 
– all other borrowings 
– finance leases 
– other payables 
Total finance expense 

other financial income
Expected return on employee benefit scheme assets 
Interest charge on employee benefit scheme liabilities 
Net financial income in respect of employee benefit schemes 
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains on financing activities 
Total other financial income 

62 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Note 

12 
12 
23 5

 3

 2008  

2007

30,840 
40,137 
4,358 
20,481 
95,816 

£m 

977 
78 
26 
36 

 6

29,102
37,084
4,328
14,122
84,636 

£m

862
63
24
47

1,122 

1,002 

 2008  
£m 

2007 
£m

18 

 –

21 

(53) 
(16) 
(1) 
(4) 
(74) 

149 
(126) 
23 
(2) 
21 

20

20 

(36)
(16)
(1)
(2)
(55)

138
(113)
25 
1
26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Income tax expense

current tax expense
UK – corporation tax at 29.1% (2007 – 30%) 
Overseas – corporation tax 
Under/(over)-provided in prior years 

deferred tax expense
UK deferred tax 
Overseas deferred tax 
Under-provided in prior years 
total income tax expense in income statement 

reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before taxation 
Less share of profit from joint ventures and associates 
profit before taxation excluding share of profit from joint ventures and associates 
Nominal tax charge at UK corporation tax rate of 29.1% (2007 – 30%) 
Lower tax rates on overseas earnings 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Utilisation of losses 
Deferred tax not recognised 
Abolition of UK Industrial Buildings Allowances 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods 

 2

income tax recognised directly in equity 
Deferred tax associated with actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit schemes 
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position 
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange 

Deferred taxation balances are analysed in note 13.

Note 

 2

 1

 3

 3

 7
 3

6. Dividends

2006 final 
2007 interim 
2007 final 
2008 interim 

 –
 –

2008 
pence 
per share 

13.00 –
6.75 –

19.75 

2007 
pence 
per share 

12.50 –
6.50 –

19.00 

 2008  
£m 

41 
73 

116 

28 
(9) 
 5

136 

527 
(15) 
512 
149 
(38) 
12 7
(10) –
 –
17 –

136 

(71) 
 2
 1
(61) 

2008 
£m 

103 –
53 –

156 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2007 
£m

37
71
(7)
 101

14
(12)

108

508
(10)
498
149
(46)

(2)
108

25

28

2007 
£m
99
51

150

The 2008 interim dividend was declared on 22 April 2008 and paid on 3 July 2008. The 2008 final dividend of 13.50p, total value of £107m, will be paid on 9 January 
2009 to shareholders on the register on 5 December 2008.

Dividends relating to the period were 20.25p per share totalling £160m (2007 – 19.50p per share totalling £154m).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

7. Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share at 13 September 2008 was based on the net profit attributable to equity shareholders of £357m (2007 – £369m),  
and a weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year of 790 million (2007 – 790 million). The calculation of the weighted average number of 
shares excludes the shares held by the Employee Share Option Scheme on which the dividends are being waived.

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share, which exclude the impact of profits less losses on the sale of property, plant & equipment and businesses, amortisation of  
non-operating intangibles, exceptional items and the associated tax credits, is shown to provide clarity on the underlying performance of the group.

The diluted earnings per share calculation takes into account the dilutive effect of share options. The diluted, weighted average number of shares is 790 million  
(2007 – 790 million). There is no difference between basic and diluted earnings.

adjusted profit for the period 
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
Exceptional items 
Exceptional tax item and tax effect on above 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill 
Minority share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax 
profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders 

adjusted earnings per share 
Sale of property, plant & equipment 
Sale of businesses 
Exceptional items 
Exceptional tax item and tax effect on above 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill 
Minority share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax 
earnings per ordinary share 

 5

2008 
£m 
434 

10 8

(46) –
(3) 
(74) 
21 
10 
357  

2008 
pence 
54.9 
1.3 
0.6 
(5.8) –
(0.4) 
(9.4) 
2.7 
1.3 
45.2 

2007 
£m
418

(39)

15
(74)
30
11
369

2007 
pence
52.9
1.0
(4.9)

1.9
(9.4)
3.8
1.4
46.7

64 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Intangible assets

cost
At 16 September 2006 
Acquired through business combinations 
Other acquisitions – externally purchased 
Businesses disposed 
Other disposals 
Transferred to assets classified as held for sale 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Acquired through business combinations 
Other acquisitions – externally purchased 
Other disposals 
Transferred to assets classified as held for sale 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

amortisation and impairment
At 16 September 2006 
Amortisation for the year 
Businesses disposed 
Transferred to assets classified as held for sale 
at 15 september 2007 
Amortisation for the year 
Impairment 
Other disposals 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 
net book value
At 16 September 2006 
At 15 September 2007 
at 13 september 2008 

Goodwill 
£m 

Technology 
£m 

Brands 
£m 

Non-operating 

Customer 
relationships 
£m 

Grower 
agreements 
£m 

  Operating

Other 
£m 

Other 
£m 

1,013 
67 
– 
(27) 
– 
(18) 
(12) 
1,023 
128 
– 
– 
(11) 
85 
1,225 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5 
– 
– 
5 

1,013 
1,023 
1,220 

199 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(15) 
(1) 
183 
7 
– 
– 
– 
27 
217 

29 
20 
– 
(3) 
46 
21 
– 
– 
9 
76 

170 
137 
141 

157 
69 
– 
(6) 
– 
(1) 
(2) 
217 
67 
– 
– 
– 
16 
300 

24 
19 
(3) 
– 
40 
23 
– 
– 
6 
69 

133 
177 
231 

56 
6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1) 
61 
10 
– 
– 
– 
4 
75 

12 
12 
– 
– 
24 
15 
– 
– 
– 
39 

44 
37 
36 

161 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(7) 
154 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
154 

– 
16 
– 
– 
16 
15 
– 
– 
– 
31 

161 
138 
123 

10 
(2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1) 
7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
7 

– 
7 
– 
– 
7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
7 

10 
– 
– 

11 
– 
55 
– 
(4) 
– 
1 
63 
17 
36 
(53) 
– 
3 
66 

– 
5 
– 
– 
5 
2 
– 
(5) 
– 
2 

11 
58 
64 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
£m

1,607
140
55
(33)
(4)
(34)
(23)
1,708
229
36
(53)
(11)
135
2,044

65
79
(3)
(3)
138
76
5
(5)
15
229

1,542
1,570
1,815

Amortisation charges and impairment charges are recognised within operating costs in the income statement.

£11m of intangible assets are included within assets classified as held for sale (2007 – £31m) (see note 15).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

8. Intangible assets continued
Impairment
Goodwill
As at 13 September 2008, the consolidated balance sheet included goodwill of £1,220m. Goodwill is allocated to the group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash-
generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination that gave rise to the goodwill, as follows:

cash-generating unit (cgu) or group of cgus 
ACH  
AB Mauri  
Twinings/Ovaltine 
Capullo   
Illovo 
Patak’s 
Northern China Sugar 
Other* 

Primary reporting segment 
Grocery 
Ingredients 
Grocery 
Grocery 
Sugar 
Grocery 
Sugar 
Various 

2008 
£m 
225 
297 
119 
58 
143 
58 
56 –
264 
1,220 

2007 
£m
200
222
119
58
143
58

223
1,023

*The amount of goodwill allocated to each CGU or group of CGUs is not individually significant.

A CGU, or group of CGUs, to which goodwill has been allocated must be assessed for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment.

There have been no indications of impairment relating to the CGUs or groups of CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated and, accordingly, the disclosures that 
follow relate to the impairment test that is required to be conducted on an annual basis:

•  The carrying value of goodwill has been assessed with reference to value in use to perpetuity reflecting the projected cash flows of each of the CGUs or group of 
CGUs based on the most recent budget. Growth rates for the period not covered by the budget are based on a range of growth rates that reflect the products, 
industries and countries in which the relevant CGU or group of CGUs operate.

•  The key assumptions on which the cash flow projections for the most recent budget are based relate to discount rates, growth rates and expected changes in selling 

prices and direct costs. 

•  The cash flow projections have been discounted using a range of rates based on the group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. The rates used vary between  

8% and 11%.

•  The growth rates applied in the value in use calculations for goodwill allocated to each of the CGUs or groups of CGUs that is significant to the total carrying 

amount of goodwill were in a range between 0% and 2.5%.

•  Changes in selling price and direct costs are based on past results and expectations of future changes in the market.

66 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Property, plant & equipment

cost
At 16 September 2006 
Acquired through business combinations 
Other acquisitions 
Businesses disposed 
Other disposals 
Transfer to assets classified as held for sale 
Transfers from assets under construction 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Acquired through business combinations 
Other acquisitions 
Businesses disposed 
Other disposals 
Transfer to assets classified as held for sale 
Transfers from assets under construction 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

depreciation and impairment 
At 16 September 2006 
Depreciation for the year 
Businesses disposed 
Other disposals 
Transfer to assets classified as held for sale 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Depreciation for the year 
Impairment 
Businesses disposed 
Other disposals 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

net book value 
At 16 September 2006 
At 15 September 2007 
At 13 September 2008 

Net book value of finance lease assets 
Land and buildings at net book value comprise:
– Freehold 
– Long leasehold 
– Short leasehold 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Plant and 
machinery 
£m 

Fixtures and   Assets under 
construction 
£m 

fittings 
£m 

1,284 
12 
37 
(5) 
(8) 
(11) 
16 
3 
1,328 
57 
91 
(3) 
(10) 
(4) 
23 
71 
1,553 

213 
29 
(1) 
(8) 
(3) 
1 
231 
30 
2 
(1) 
– 
13 
275 

1,071 
1,097 
1,278 

1,810 
16 
117 
(28) 
(62) 
(7) 
78 
3 
1,927 
36 
115 
(28) 
(50) 
(4) 
85 
127 
2,208 

975 
128 
(16) 
(49) 
(3) 
3 
1,038 
138 
20 
(24) 
(40) 
60 
1,192 

835 
889 
1,016 

669 
– 
135 
(3) 
(34) 
– 
3 
1 
771 
1 
93 
(1) 
(16) 
– 
3 
21 
872 

173 
57 
(3) 
(34) 
– 
– 
193 
66 
– 
(1) 
(12) 
6 
252 

496 
578 
620 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
£m

3,840
28
387
(36)
(104)
(18)
–
7
4,104
108
494
(32)
(76)
(8)
–
239
4,829

1,361
214
(20)
(91)
(6)
4
1,462
234
22
(26)
(52)
79
1,719

2,479
2,642
3,110

 2007 
 £m
14

874
153
70
1,097
151

77 
– 
98 
– 
– 
– 
(97) 
– 
78 
14 
195 
– 
– 
– 
(111) 
20 
196 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

77 
78 
196 

 2008 
£m 
14 

976 
214 
88 
1,278 
229 

Capital expenditure commitments – contracted but not provided for 

£8m of property, plant & equipment is included within assets classified as held for sale (2007 – £14m) (see note 15).

Impairment
The impairment of property, plant & equipment principally relates to a restructuring of the Australian meat and dairy business, following the acquisition of  
KR Castlemaine, the cost of which has been recorded as an exceptional item within operating costs in the income statement, and is included in the Grocery segment.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

10. Biological assets

At 16 September 2006 
Harvested cane transferred to inventory 
Purchases 
Sales 
Changes in fair value 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Acquired through business combinations 
Harvested cane transferred to inventory 
Purchases 
Sales 
Changes in fair value 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

cane roots 
area under cane as at the end of the period (hectares):
South Africa 
Malawi 
Zambia   
Swaziland 
Tanzania  
Mozambique 

Current 

Non-current

Growing 
cane 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Total 
£m 

51 
(48) 
– 
– 
54 
(4) 
53 
– 
(65) 
10 
– 
66 
12 
76 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
2 
(9) 
1 
(2) 
12 
– 
4 

51 
(48) 
– 
– 
54 
(4) 
53 
2 
(74) 
11 
(2) 
78 
12 
80 

Cane 
roots 
£m

46
–
2
(1)
5
(4)
48
–
–
3
–
6
9
66

2008 

2007

9,669 
20,446 
14,466 
8,172 
8,515 
5,235 
66,503 

9,624
18,903
11,050
7,950
8,224
5,263
61,014

growing cane
The following assumptions have been used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 13 September 2008:

Expected area to harvest (hectares) 
Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare) 
Average maturity of cane  

South Africa 
6,498 
73.0 
62.0% 

Malawi 
19,501 
110.2 
66.7% 

Zambia 
14,234 
138.0 
66.7% 

Swaziland 
7,808 
103.3 
66.7% 

Tanzania  Mozambique
5,147
90.6
66.7%

8,260 
81.3 
50.0% 

The following assumptions were used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 15 September 2007:

Expected area to harvest (hectares) 
Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare) 
Average maturity of cane  

South Africa 
6,310 
72.0 
57.0% 

Malawi 
18,325 
106.9 

66.7% 

Zambia 
10,897 
115.0 
66.7% 

Swaziland 
7,574 
101.2 
66.7% 

Tanzania  Mozambique
5,147
91.1
66.7%

7,776 
81.1 
50.0% 

68 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Investments in joint ventures and associates

At 16 September 2006 
Acquisitions 
Profit for the period 
Dividends received 
Disposals 
Transfer to subsidiary 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Acquisitions 
Profit for the period 
Dividends received 
Transfer to subsidiary 
Other reserves movements 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

 Joint ventures 

Associates

Shares 
£m 
 40 
4 
6 
(1) 
(7) 
(1) 
– 
41  
18 
10 
(1) 
– 
(1) 
2 
69 

Goodwill 
£m 
14 
– 
– 
– 
(8) 
– 
(1) 
5 
1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
6 

Total 
£m 
54 
4 
6 
(1) 
(15) 
(1) 
(1) 
46 
19 
10 
(1) 
– 
(1) 
2 
75 

Shares 
£m 
15 
8 
4 
(2) 
– 
– 
– 
25 
– 
5 
(1) 
(7) 
(1) 
2 
23 

Goodwill 
£m 
– 
8 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
8 
– 
– 
– 
(8) 
– 
– 
– 

Details of principal joint ventures and associates are listed in note 30.

Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following items that represent the group’s share of the assets, liabilities and profit of joint ventures  
and associates:

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Goodwill  
Net assets 

Revenue  
Expenses  
Taxation  
Profit for the period 

 –
 6

Joint ventures 

Associates

2008 
£m 
30 
154 
(115) 
 –
 5

75 

576 
(562) 
(4) 
10 6

2007 
£m 
18 
124 
(101) 

 –
46 

365 
(357) 
(2) 
 5

2008 
£m 
13 
55 
(44) 
(1) 

23 

27 
(19) 
(3) 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
£m
15
16
4
(2)
–
–
–
33
–
5
(1)
(15)
(1)
2
23

2007 
£m
17 
88 
(77)
 (3)
 8
33

14
(9)
(1)
 4

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

12. Employee entitlements
The group operates pension schemes, the majority of which are of the defined benefit type. The group also operates a small number of unfunded overseas post-
retirement medical benefit schemes. 

UK schemes
The group’s principal UK defined benefit pension schemes are funded schemes and are closed to new members, with defined contribution arrangements in place for 
other employees. The pension costs in the UK for the defined benefit schemes are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries using  
the projected unit method. For defined contribution schemes, the pension costs are the contributions payable.

Actuarial gains and losses arising over the financial year are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense, and are reflected in the 
balance sheet at 13 September 2008. Past service cost is recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits have already vested.

The last actuarial valuations of the British Sugar Pension Scheme and the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme were carried out as at 1 October 2004 and 5 April 
2005 respectively. At the valuation dates the total market value of the assets of these schemes was £1,869m and represented 97% of the benefits that had accrued  
to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings.

On 6 April 2006, the British Sugar Pension Scheme was merged into the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme. Their respective funding positions were recalculated 
at that point and the group agreed to make two payments of £14.5m, the first in October 2006 and the second in October 2007, to eliminate the deficit at 6 April 
2006 in the British Sugar section of the newly merged scheme.

The triennial actuarial valuation for the merged scheme as at 5 April 2008 is currently in process.

Overseas schemes
The group also operates defined benefit pension schemes in Australia and New Zealand, the United States, Canada, the Republic of Ireland, Switzerland, 
Germany, France, Italy, the Philippines, Thailand, South Africa and Zambia. These schemes are primarily funded schemes. The charge for the year is based on 
recommendations by qualified actuaries. Unfunded post-retirement medical benefit schemes are accounted for as for defined benefit pension schemes. For defined 
contribution schemes, the pension costs are the contributions payable.

Assumptions
The financial assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes under IAS 19, together with the expected long-term rates of return on assets, are:

Discount rate 
Inflation   
Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of increase for pensions in payment 
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided) 

2008 
% 
6.00 
3.70 
5.20 
3.50 
3.70 

2007 
% 
5.80 
3.30 
4.80 
3.10 
3.30 

2006 
%
5.10
3.00
4.50
2.80
3.00

The mortality assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes are derived from the PA92 generational mortality tables with medium cohort improvements,  
as published by the Institute of Actuaries. These mortality assumptions take account of experience to date, and assumptions for further improvements in life 
expectancy of scheme members.

Examples of the resulting life expectancies are as follows:

life expectancy from age 65 (in years) 
Member aged 65 in 2008 
Member aged 65 in 2028 

2008 

2007 and 2006

Male 
20.7 
22.5 

Female 
22.6 
24.1 

Male 
19.3 
20.3 

Female
22.1
23.0

The other demographic assumptions have been set having regard to the latest trends in scheme experience and other relevant data. The assumptions are reviewed and 
updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension schemes.

For the overseas schemes, regionally appropriate assumptions have been used where recommended by local actuaries.

70 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Employee entitlements continued
Balance sheet
The expected rates of return and market values of the assets of the principal schemes were as follows:

uk schemes 
Expected long-term rates of return:
  Equities 
  Government bonds 
  Non-government bonds 
  Property 
  Other   
Total market value of assets 
Present value of scheme liabilities 
Aggregate net surplus of the plan 
Irrecoverable surplus (a) 
Net pension asset  
Unfunded liability included in the present value of  scheme liabilities above 

2008 
% 

7.70 
4.70 
6.00 
6.20 
5.00 

2008 
£m 

752 
643 
694 
90 
23 
2,202 
(2,117) 
85 
– 
85 
(8) 

2007 
% 

7.30 
4.30 
5.80 
5.80 
5.80 

2007 
£m 

826 
684 
622 
106 
18 
2,256 
(1,972) 
284 
– 
284 
(6) 

2006 
% 

7.30 
4.30 
5.10 
5.80 
4.80 

2006 
£m

806
481
728
86
90
2,191
(2,040)
151
–
151
(5)

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure scheme liabilities at 13 September 2008 are:

Discount rate 
Inflation   
Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of mortality 

Change in assumption 
  decrease/increase by 0.5% 
increase/decrease by 0.5% 
increase/decrease by 0.5% 
reduce by one year 

Impact on scheme liabilities
increase/decrease by 8.2%
increase/decrease by 8.7%
increase/decrease by 1.7%
increase by 2.7%

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

overseas schemes 
Expected long-term rates of return:
  Equities 
  Government bonds 
  Non-government bonds 
  Property 
  Other   
Total market value of assets 
Present value of scheme liabilities 
Aggregate net surplus of the plans 
Irrecoverable surplus (a) 
Net pension liability 
Unfunded liability included in the present value of  scheme liabilities above 

2008 
% 

8.89 
6.88 
4.03 
6.42 
6.08 

2006 
% 

8.65 
5.70 
4.00 
6.00 
3.85 

2007 
% 

8.44 
6.41 
3.65 
6.04 
9.37 

2008 
£m 

108 
49 
37 
5 
23 
222 
(211) 
11 
(35) 
(24) 
(22) 

2007 
£m 

109 
51 
33 
6 
19 
218 
(192) 
26 
(34) 
(8) 
(25) 

2006 
£m

122
27
25
5
23
202
(190)
12
(36)
(24)
(19)

(a) The surplus in the plans is only recoverable to the extent that the group can benefit from either refunds formally agreed or future contribution reductions.

The expected rate of return on plan assets was determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the long-term rate of return on government bonds 
available at the balance sheet date and with a similar maturity to the scheme liabilities, and applies to these rates suitable risk premia that take account of historic 
market returns and current market long-term expectations for each asset class.

The UK schemes’ net pension asset of £85m (2007 – £284m) less the overseas schemes’ net pension liability of £24m (2007 – £8m) totals £61m (2007 – £276m). 
This equates to the employee benefits asset of £106m (2007 – £308m) and liability of £45m (2007 – £31m) shown on the face of the consolidated balance sheet, 
together with no employee benefits liability (2007 – £1m) included within liabilities classified as held for sale.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

12. Employee entitlements continued
Income statement
The charge to the income statement comprises:

Charged to operating profit:
Defined benefit plans
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Gain on curtailment 
Defined contribution plans 
Total operating cost 
Reported in other finance income:
Expected return on assets 
Interest charge on liabilities 
Net financial income from employee benefit schemes 

Net impact on the income statement (before tax) 

 1

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m

(35) 
(2) 
 1
(26) 
(62) 

149 
(126) 
23 

(39) 

(44)
(4)

(24)
(71)

138
(113)
25

(46)

The actual return on scheme assets was a loss of £21m (2007 – gain of £118m).

Cash flow
Group cash flow in respect of employee benefits schemes comprises contributions paid to funded plans and benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans. In 2008,  
the benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans was nil (2007 – nil). Company contributions to funded defined benefit plans are subject to periodic review. In 2008, 
contributions to funded defined benefit plans amounted to £54m (2007 – £61m). Contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to £26m (2007 – £24m).

Total contributions to funded plans and benefit payments by the group in respect of unfunded plans are currently expected to be approximately £45m in 2009  
(2008 – £58m).

Statement of recognised income and expense
Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 
Experience gains and losses arising on the scheme liabilities 
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme liabilities   

Change in unrecognised surplus 
Net actuarial (loss)/gain recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense (before tax) 

2008 
£m 
(170) 
61 
(144) 
(253) 
(1) 
(254) 

2007 
£m
(20)
(32)
160
108
2
110

Cumulative actuarial losses from 19 September 2004 reported in the statement of recognised income and expense are £108m (2007 – cumulative gains of £146m).

72 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Employee entitlements continued
Reconciliation of change in assets and liabilities

Asset/(liability) at beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Employee contributions 
Acquired through business combinations 
Businesses disposed 
Employer contributions 
Benefit payments 
Past service cost 
Gain on curtailments 
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Asset/(liability) at end of year 

 –

 –
 –

 –
 –

 –

2008 
Assets 
£m 
2,474 
 –
10 9
 –

54 
(113) 
 –
 –
149 
 –
(170) 
20 
2,424 

2007 
Assets 
£m 
2,393 

(1) 1
61 –
(104) 

 1
138 –

(20) 
(2) 
2,474 

2008 
Liabilities 
£m 
(2,164) 
(35) 
(10) 
(2) –
 2
 –
113 
(2) 
 1
 –
(126) 
(84) 
(20) 
(2,328) 

2007 
Liabilities 
£m 
(2,230) 
(44) 
(9) –

 1

104 –
(4) 
 1

(113) 
128 
1 –
(2,164) 

2008 
Net 
£m 
310 
(35) 
 –
(2) –
 1

54 
 –
(2) 
 1

149 
(126) 
(254) 

96 

2007 
Net 
£m
163
(44)

61

(4)

138
(113)
108
(1)
310

history of experience gains and losses 
Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets
– amount (£m) 
– percentage of scheme assets 
Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities
– amount (£m) 
– percentage of scheme liabilities 
Total amount included in statement of recognised income and expense
– amount (£m) 
– percentage of scheme liabilities 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005

(170) 

7.0% 

61 
2.6% 

(253) 
10.9% 

(20) 
0.8% 

(32) 
1.5% 

108 
5.0% 

75 
3.1% 

4 
0.2% 

49 
2.2% 

155
7.1%

77
3.7%

(7)
0.3%

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

13. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

At 16 September 2006 
Amount charged to the income statement 
Amount charged to the statement of recognised income and expense 
Acquired through business combinations 
Businesses disposed 
Effect of change in tax rate:
– income statement 
– equity   
Transfer to assets and liabilities classified as held for sale 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 15 september 2007 
Amount charged to the income statement 
Amount charged to the statement of recognised income and expense 
Acquired through business combinations 
Effect of change in tax rate:
– income statement 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

Foreign  
exchange  
commodity 
financial 
assets and 
liabilities 
£m 
(2) 
– 
2 
– 
– 

Tax value of 
Other  carry-forward 
losses 
recognised 
£m 
(34) 
(3) 
– 
– 
– 

temporary 
differences 
£m 
25 
29 
– 
– 
– 

Intangible 
assets 
£m 
99 
(9) 
– 
21 
(2) 

Employee 
benefits 
£m 
45 
10 
31 
– 
– 

Property 
plant and 
equipment 
£m 
183 
(12) 
– 
(1) 
– 

(8) 
– 
– 
(2) 
160 
32 
– 
– 

(1) 
5 
196 

(6) 
– 
(4) 
(1) 
98 
(7) 
– 
24 

– 
6 
121 

(1) 
(5) 
– 
– 
80 
11 
(71) 
– 

– 
1 
21 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
7 
– 

– 
(1) 
6 

– 
– 
– 
(2) 
52 
(11) 
3 
(2) 

– 
2 
44 

7 
– 
– 
– 
(30) 
(4) 
– 
– 

– 
(6) 
(40) 

Total 
£m
316
15
33
20
(2)

(8)
(5)
(4)
(5)
360
21
(61)
22

(1)
7
348

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 

 2008  
 £m  
(101) 
449 
348 

 2007  
 £m 
(70)
430
360

No deferred tax liabilities (2007 – £4m) are included in liabilities classified as held for sale (see note 15).

The recoverability of deferred tax assets is supported by the expected level of future profits in the countries concerned. Other deferred tax assets totalling £6m  
(2007 – £3m) have not been recognised on the basis that their future economic benefit is uncertain.

In addition, there are temporary differences of £1,460m (2007 – £1,024m) relating to investments in subsidiaries. No deferred tax has been provided in respect  
of these differences, since the timing of the reversals can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the future.

74 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Trade and other receivables

non-current – other receivables
Loans and receivables 
Other non-current investments 

current – trade and other receivables
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Accrued income 

Prepayments and other non-financial receivables 

 2008  
 £m  

 2007 
 £m

55 –
20 2
75 

827 
131 
34 
992 
236 
1,228 

 2

618
90
25
733
234
967

No trade and other receivables (2007 – £2m) are included within assets held for sale (see note 15).

The directors consider that the carrying amount of receivables approximates fair value.

For details of credit risk exposure on trade and other receivables, see note 25.

15. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale
As at 13 September 2008, £11m of goodwill and £8m of property, plant & equipment was classified as held for sale. The goodwill is included within the Grocery  
and the Americas segments. The property, plant & equipment is included within the Sugar and Europe, Middle East and Africa segments. The proceeds of disposal  
are expected to exceed the carrying value of the assets to be disposed, and accordingly no impairment losses were recognised upon classification as held for sale.

In the prior year, the primary disposal group was the existing German yeast business (shown in the Ingredients and Europe, Middle East & Africa segments), disposal  
of which was completed on 31 March 2008. The disposal group comprised assets of £42m and liabilities of £7m. The remaining £6m of assets classified as held for  
sale were mainly items of property, plant & equipment within the Grocery, Sugar, Ingredients and Agriculture business segments, and the United Kingdom, Europe, 
Middle East & Africa and the Americas geographic segments.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

assets classified as held for sale
Intangible assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 

liabilities classified as held for sale
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax 
Employee benefits liability 

 2008  
 £m  

 2007 
 £m

11 

 1
 2

19 

 2
 4
 1

31
14

 48

7 

 8
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

16. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods held for resale 

Write down of inventories 

No inventories (2007 – £1m) are included within assets classified as held for sale (see note 15).

17. Cash and cash equivalents

cash
Cash at bank and in hand 
Cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents 
reconciliation to the cash flow statement
Bank overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement  

 2008  
 £m  
325 
15 
702 
1,042 
(39) 

 2008  
 £m  

326 
22 
348 

(138) 
210 

 2007 
 £m
207
10 
548
765 
(47)

 2007 
 £m

336
75
411

(62)
349

Note 

25 

18 

Cash at bank and in hand generally earns interest at rates based on the daily bank deposit rate. 

Cash equivalents generally comprise:
(i) deposits placed on money markets for periods up to three months which earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rate; and
(ii) funds invested with fund managers that have a maturity of less than or equal to three months and are at fixed rates.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

76 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts

current loans and overdrafts
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Finance lease liabilities 

non-current loans
Secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans 
Finance lease liabilities 

103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 (GBP) 
Secured bank loans
– GBP floating rate 
– USD floating rate 
– EUR fixed rate  
– RMB floating rate  
– RMB fixed rate 
– Other floating rate 
– Other fixed rate  
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts
– Bank overdrafts  
– GBP floating rate  
– USD floating rate 
– USD fixed rate 
– EUR floating rate 
– EUR fixed rate 
– ZAR floating rate 
– Other floating rate 
– Other fixed rate 
Finance lease liabilities (fixed rate) 

Note 

 2008  
 £m  

 2007 
 £m

26 1

26 

25 

 1

 1

 6

 1

 3

 2

24 4

253 

 1

278 

150 
113 
594 
13 
870 
1,148 

 2008  
 £m  
150 

 8

13 

14 –
 –
57 –
45 4

138 
148 –
195 

285 

 3

50 
25 2
 –
14 
1,148 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

120

125

150
20
415
13
598
723

 2007 
 £m
150

11
1 

62

167
9 
248

44

14
723 

Secured bank loans comprise amounts borrowed from commercial banks and are secured by floating charges over the assets of subsidiaries.

Bank overdrafts generally bear interest at floating rates.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

19. Trade and other payables

Trade payables 
Accruals   

Deferred income and other non-financial payables 

For payables with a remaining life of less than one year, the carrying amount is deemed to reflect the fair value.

No trade and other payables (2007 – £2m) are included within liabilities classified as held for sale (see note 15).

2008  
 £m  
570 
664 
1,234 
131 
1,365 

 2007 
 £m
405
675
1,080
87
1,167

20. Provisions

At 15 September 2007 
Created   
Acquired through business combinations 
Utilised   
Released  
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
at 13 september 2008 

Current   
Non-current 

Deferred  
  Restructuring   consideration 
 £m  
4 
105 
– 
(6) 
– 
2 
105 

£m 
24 
50 
2 
(18) 
– 
– 
58 

52 
6 
58 

15 
90 
105 

 Other  
 £m  
22 
7 
– 
(4) 
(2) 
– 
23 

18 
5 
23 

 Total 
 £m
50
162
2
(28)
(2)
2
186

85
101
186

Provisions include financial liabilities of £174m (2007 – £40m) (see note 25). 

Restructuring
Restructuring provisions relate to the cash costs, including redundancy, associated with the group’s announced reorganisation plans, of which the majority will be 
utilised in 2008/9.

Other
Other provisions mainly comprise potential warranty claims arising from the disposal of businesses. The extent and timing of the utilisation of these provisions is more 
uncertain given the period of the relevant warranties.

21. Total equity
Reconciliation of movement in capital and reserves

At 16 September 2006 
Total recognised income and expense for the period 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Net increase in own shares held 
Minority interests acquired/disposed 
Dividends paid to minorities 
at 15 september 2007  
Total recognised income and expense for the period 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Net decrease in own shares held 
Minority interests acquired/disposed 
Dividends paid to minorities 
Changes in fair value of minority interests on acquisition 
at 13 september 2008 

78 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 Share  
 capital  
 £m  
 47 
– 
–  
– 
– 
– 
47 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 47 

 Attributable to equity shareholders

 Other  
 reserves  
 £m  
173 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
173 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
173 

 Translation  
 reserve  
 £m  
(29) 
(20) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(49) 
270 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
221 

 Hedging  
 reserve  
 £m  
(6) 
5 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1) 
26 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
25 

 Retained  
 earnings  
 £m  
3,773 
454 
(150) 
(3) 
– 
– 
4,074 
170 
(156) 
3 
– 
– 
(3) 
4,088 

 Total  
 £m  
3,958 
439 
(150) 
(3) 
– 
– 
4,244 
466 
(156) 
3 
– 
– 
(3) 
4,554 

 Minority  
 interests  
 £m  
224 
23 
– 
– 
(1) 
(26) 
220 
67 
– 
– 
24 
(21) 
– 
290 

 Total 
 equity 
 £m
4,182
462
(150)
(3)
(1)
(26)
4,464
533
(156)
3
24
(21)
(3)
4,844

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Total equity continued
Share capital

authorised
At 15 September 2007 and 13 September 2008 
issued and fully paid
At 15 September 2007 and 13 September 2008 

 Deferred  
 shares of  
 £1 each  
 ’000  

Ordinary 
 shares of 
 515⁄22p  
 each  
 ’000  

2,000 

1,054,950 

2,000 

791,674 

 Nominal 
 value 
 £m

62

47

The deferred shares became redeemable on 1 August 1997. The amount payable by the Company on redemption is the amount paid up on the deferred shares. 
Redemption is at the sole discretion of the Company.

Deferred shares carry no voting rights and have no rights to dividends or other income distributions. In the event of a winding-up, repayment in respect of the deferred 
shares ranks after repayment of amounts paid up on the ordinary shares of the Company. The deferred shares are entitled to repayment of amounts paid up, but have  
no entitlement to any surplus.

Other reserves
The other reserves arose from the cancellation of £173m of share premium account by the Company in 1993 and is non-distributable.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, as well as from the 
translation of liabilities that hedge the group’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

22. Acquisitions and disposals
Acquisitions
During the year, the group completed the merger of Ryvita and Jordans and the acquisition of certain of the European assets of Gilde Bakery Ingredients,  
11 beet sugar factories in north east China and the KR Castlemaine meat and smallgoods business in Australia. The group also completed a number of other  
small acquisitions. Costs associated with these acquisitions are included within cash consideration.

The acquisitions had the following effect on the group’s assets and liabilities:

2008 

net assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Overdrafts 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Taxation  
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Net identifiable assets and liabilities 
Goodwill on acquisitions 
Minority interests acquired 
Total consideration 

satisfied by
Cash consideration 
Deferred consideration 
Interests in subsidiaries 
Interest in associate 

net cash
Cash consideration 
Cash/overdraft acquired 
Cash consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions 

  Pre-acquisition 
carrying 
amounts 
£m 

Note 

Recognised 
values on 
acquisition 
£m

 8

 9

 8

20 
142 
54 
40 
4 
(49) 
(1) 
(32) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
173 

12 

101
108
56
40
4
(49)
(1)
(32)
(21)
(2)
(2)
202
128
(5)
325

189
97
24
15

189
(3)
6
192

There were no material differences between pre-acquisition carrying amounts and amounts recognised on acquisition, which include fair value adjustments  
to the assets and liabilities acquired, with the exception of £81m of intangibles recognised, a £34m downward adjustment to property, plant & equipment, a £20m 
adjustment to deferred tax and a £2m revaluation of inventories.

Goodwill arising on the acquisitions is attributable to the anticipated profitability from the sale of the group’s existing products in new markets, and the anticipated future 
technological and operational synergies from the combinations.

The acquisitions in aggregate contributed revenue of £221m and profit before tax of £nil for the periods between the dates of acquisition and 13 September 2008. 
Aggregate contributions to revenue and profit before tax had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the period have not been disclosed, as appropriately consolidated 
financial information prepared under Adopted IFRS is not available.

80 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
22. Acquisitions and disposals continued
Acquisition of W. Jordan & Son (Silo) Limited ‘Jordans’
The merger of Ryvita and Jordans was completed on 29 August 2008. The acquired company contributed no net profit to the consolidated net profit for the year.  
The contribution to consolidated revenues and net profit had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year has not been disclosed, as it would be impractical  
to determine these amounts. This is because (i) as a privately-held group, Jordans prepared its consolidated financial statements under United Kingdom accounting 
standards, which are substantively different to Adopted IFRS; (ii) Jordans had a different year end to the group (29 February); and (iii) the last available consolidated 
financial statements are for the year ended 29 February 2008, all of which is insufficient to determine accurately the fair value adjustments that would have been  
made to the balance sheet one year ago.

A summary of Jordans’ reported results for its most recent full year are shown below:

income statement for the year ended 29 february 2008 
Revenue  
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Distribution expenses 
Administrative expenses 
Operating profit 
Interest payable 
Profit before taxation 
Taxation  
Profit after taxation 

£m
86
(60)
26
(14)
(5)
7
–
7
(2)
5

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2007
During 2007 the group purchased Patak’s, completed a number of small acquisitions and disposed of its interests in a number of small businesses. The acquisitions had 
the following effect on the group’s assets and liabilities:

  Pre-acquisition 
carrying 
amounts 
£m 

Note 

Recognised 
values on 
acquisition 
£m

net assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Overdrafts 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Taxation  
Net identifiable assets and liabilities 
Goodwill on acquisitions 
Minority interests acquired 
Total consideration 

satisfied by
Cash consideration 
Cash consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions 
Deferred consideration 
Interest in joint venture 

net cash
Cash consideration 
Cash/overdraft acquired 

1 
30 
11 
13 
7 
(24) 
(6) 
(11) 
1 
22 

 8

73
28
11
13
7
(24)
(6)
(11)
(20)
71
67
1
139

132
1
5
1

133
(1)
132

There were no material differences between pre-acquisition carrying amounts and amounts recognised on acquisition, which include fair value adjustments to the 
assets and liabilities acquired, with the exception of £72m of intangibles recognised, a £2m downward adjustment to property, plant & equipment and a £21m 
adjustment to deferred tax.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 81

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

22. Acquisitions and disposals continued
Disposals
During the year, the group disposed of its existing German yeast business, a small UK-based emulsifier business and its interests in a number of other small businesses. 
Costs associated with these disposals are included within cash consideration.

The disposals had the following effect on the group’s assets and liabilities:

net assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Intercompany receivables/(payables) 
Taxation  
Employee benefits 
Net identifiable assets and liabilities 
Goodwill disposed 
Recycle of effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Provisions created 
Profit/(loss) on disposal 
Total consideration 

satisfied by
Cash consideration 

net cash
Cash consideration 
Cash disposed 

Carrying  
values 
2008 
£m 

Carrying 
values 
2007 
£m

15 3
17 

 8
(3) 

 3
(5) 
(1) 
32 
21 

 2

59 

59 

59 

59 

24
15
16
15

(10)
(5)

(3)
(1)
65
27

11
(39)
66

66

66
(8)
58

 –
 3
 5
 –

 –
 1

 1
 –
 5

 –

23. Share-based payments
The group had the following equity-settled share-based payment plans in operation during the period:

Associated British Foods plc 1994 Share Option Scheme (‘the 1994 Scheme’)
This scheme was established by the Company in 1994. Under the terms of the 1994 Scheme, options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company were granted to 
selected qualifying employees over the ten years from November 1994. The options must be held for five years before they become exercisable. The exercise of options  
is not subject to specified performance criteria.

Associated British Foods 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (‘the 2000 Scheme’)
This scheme was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 15 December 2000. Under the terms of the 2000 Scheme, 
options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company may be granted to selected employees over the ten years from 15 December 2000. The options must be held for 
three years before they become exercisable. The exercise of an option under this scheme will, in accordance with institutional shareholder guidelines, be conditional  
on the achievement of performance criteria which are based on growth in the group’s profits.

Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the Share Incentive Plan’)
The Share Incentive Plan was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 5 December 2003. It takes the form of conditional 
allocations of shares which will be released if, and to the extent that, certain performance targets are satisfied over a three-year performance period.

Further information regarding the operation of the above plans can be found on pages 30 to 32 of the Remuneration report.

82 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
23. Share-based payments continued
Details of the group’s equity-settled share-based payment plans are as follows:

2008
the 1994 Scheme 
the 2000 Scheme 
the Share Incentive Plan 
2007
the 1994 Scheme 
the 2000 Scheme 
the Share Incentive Plan 

2008
the 1994 Scheme 
the 2000 Scheme 
2007
the 1994 Scheme 
the 2000 Scheme 

Outstanding 
at the 
beginning 
of the year 
pence 

538.01 
484.00 

540.38 
 497.95 

Balance 
outstanding  
at the  
beginning  
of the year 

Granted/ 
awarded 

Exercised 

Vested 

Balance  
outstanding  
at the end 
of the year 

Options 
exercisable 
at the end 
of the year

Expired/ 
lapsed 

512,110 
187,500 
1,895,475 

– 
– 
1,828,504 

569,610 
226,500 
902,937 

– 
– 
1,694,890 

(317,110) 
(10,000) 
– 

(57,500) 
(19,500) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

(15,000) 
– 
(132,194) 

180,000 
177,500 
3,591,785 

– 
– 
(441,120) 

– 
(19,500) 
(261,232) 

512,110 
187,500 
1,895,475 

180,000
177,500
N/a

422,110
187,500
N/a

 Weighted average exercise price of options 

Granted  
pence 

Exercised 
pence 

Forfeited 
pence 

  Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year 
pence 

Expired 
pence 

Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year 
pence 

Range of 
exercise 
prices for 
options 
outstanding  

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual
life of 
outstanding 
at the end   options at the 
of the year  end of the year 
years

pence 

– 
– 

– 
– 

541.16 
484.00 

561.50 
565.00 

– 
– 

– 
– 

561.50 
– 

– 
565.00 

530.50 
484.00 

538.01 
484.00 

530.50 
484.00 

497–564 
484.00 

532.47 
484.00 

497–564 
484.00 

3.8
2.3

2.8
3.3

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The weighted average market price for share options exercised during the year was 876 pence (2007 – 883 pence).

Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the 1994 Scheme and the 2000 Scheme, or subject to allocation under the Share Incentive Plan, are held  
in a separate trust. The trust is funded by the Company. At 13 September 2008 the trust held 2,102,133 (2007 – 1,929,243) ordinary shares of the Company.

Fair values
The weighted average fair values for the 1994 Scheme and the 2000 Scheme were determined using a binomial lattice model (for share options) or by taking the 
market price of the shares at the time of grant and discounting for the fact that dividends are not paid during the vesting period (for conditional allocations of shares). 

The weighted average fair value of the shares awarded under the Share Incentive Plan during the year was 837 pence (2007 – 825 pence) and the weighted average 
share price was 900 pence (2007 – 887 pence). The dividend yield used was 2.5%.

No options were granted under the 1994 Scheme or the 2000 Scheme in either 2007 or 2008.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1, the group has recognised an expense in respect of all grants under these plans made after 7 November 2002 
and unvested at 18 September 2004. The group recognised a total equity-settled share-based payment expense of £5m (2007 – £6m).

24. Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand, cash equivalents and overdrafts  
Short-term borrowings 
Other current investments 
Loans over one year 

At 
  15 September 
2007 
£m 
349 
(63) 
1 
(598) 
(311) 

Cash flow 
£m 
(156) 
(59) 
7 
(182) 
(390) 

  Acquisitions/ 
disposals 
£m 
– 
(8) 
– 
(24) 
(32) 

At 
Exchange  13 September 
2008 
£m
210
(140)
9
(870)
(791)

adjustments 
£m 
17 
(10) 
1 
(66) 
(58) 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits and investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand and form an integral part of the group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments
a) Carrying amount and fair values of financial assets and liabilities

financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
loans and receivables:
Trade and other receivables 
Other non-current receivables 
at fair value through profit or loss:
Other current investments 
Derivative financial assets not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship:
– currency derivatives 
– commodity derivatives 
designated cash flow hedging relationships:
Derivative financial assets designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments:
– currency derivatives 
– commodity derivatives 
total financial assets 

financial liabilities
financial liabilities at amortised cost:
Trade and other payables 
Secured redeemable debenture stock 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Finance leases 
Provisions 
at fair value through profit or loss:
Derivative financial liabilities not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship:
– currency derivatives 
– commodity derivatives 
– interest rate derivatives 
designated cash flow hedging relationships:
Derivative financial liabilities designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments:
– currency derivatives 
– commodity derivatives 
total financial liabilities 
net financial liabilities  

2008 

Carrying  
amount 
£m 

Fair value 
£m 

2007

Carrying 
amount 
£m 

Fair value 
£m

348 

992 
75 

 9

2 

 1

348 

992 
75 

2 

411 

735 
2 

1 

8 
1 

411

735
2

1

8
1 

33 
18 
1,478 

33 
18 
1,478 

1 
6 
1,165 

1
6
1,165

(1,234) 
(150) 
(137) 
(847) 
(14) 
(174) 

(1,234) 
(176) 
(141) 
(847) 
(12) 
(174) 

 –
(1) 
(1) 

(1) 
(1) 

(10) 
(13) 
(2,581) 
(1,103) 

(10) 
(13) 
(2,609) 
(1,131) 

(1,082) 
(150) 
(24) 
(535) 
(14) 
(40) 

(16) 
– 
(1) 

(6) 
(3) 
(1,871) 
(706) 

(1,082)
(169)
(24)
(535)
(12)
(40)

(16)
–
(1) 

(6) 
(3) 
(1,888)
(723)

 9

 1

 –

The financial instruments shown above include no trade and other receivables (2007 – £2m) and no trade and other payables (2007 – £2m) that are classified as held 
for sale at year end.

Other financial assets on the face of the balance sheet comprise other current investments and derivative assets shown above. Other financial liabilities comprise 
derivative liabilities shown above.

84 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Financial instruments continued
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

  1.   Cash and cash equivalents have been stated at their book values due to their short maturities or otherwise immediate or short-term access and realisability.
  2.   Other non-current investments (recorded within other non-current receivables) comprise minority shareholdings held primarily in privately owned, unquoted 

companies, where there is no active market available to value them. Where the fair value of the equity instruments cannot be reliably measured, they are recorded  
at cost. Where shareholdings are held in publicly quoted companies, bid price is used to estimate fair value.

  3.   The fair values of finance lease receivables and other long-term receivables have been estimated by discounting expected future cash flows.
  4.   The fair values of trade receivables, other receivables and accrued income have been stated at their book values due to their short maturities.
  5.   Other current investments primarily comprise debt securities and time deposits, which are stated at fair value, based on cost (for instruments similar in nature  

to cash and cash equivalents) or on current market prices.

  6.   The fair value of derivatives is determined either by reference to third party valuations (usually from a bank), or by reference to readily observable market prices.  
The group’s derivatives primarily cover a period of no more than 12 months from the balance sheet date, and information derived from an active market is 
therefore almost always available to assist with the valuation of derivatives. 

  7.   The fair values of trade payables, other payables and accruals have been stated at their book values due to their short maturities.
  8.   The fair values of all bank loans, overdrafts and debenture stock have been calculated using the present value of estimated future cash flows.
  9.   The fair values of finance lease creditors have been estimated by discounting expected cash flows.
10.   Provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to present 

value where the effect is material. Consequently, the fair value has been presented as book value.

b) Derivative financial instruments
The carrying amount of derivative financial instruments at the reporting date set out below is classified as current on the face of the balance sheet. An analysis  
of derivatives that are designated in a formal hedging relationship, and those that are not, is shown above.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Currency derivatives 
Commodity derivatives 
Interest rate derivatives 

  2008 

2007

Contractual/ 
notional 
amounts 
£m 
957 
181  
 97 

Contractual/ 
notional 
amounts 
£m 
398 
89 
85 

Assets 
£m 
35 
19 
– 
54 

Liabilities 
£m 
(10) 
(14) 
(1) 
(25) 

Assets 
£m 
9  
7  
– 
16  

Liabilities 
£m
(22)
(3)
(1)
(26)

c) Cash flow hedging reserve movements
The following table indicates the cash flow hedging reserve balance at 13 September 2008 and the periods in which the cash flows are expected to occur. The periods  
in which the cash flows are expected to impact profit or loss are materially the same.

Within six months 
Between six months and one year 
Between one and two years 
Unrecognised (losses)/gains 

Currency 
derivatives 
£m 
(23) 
 – 
(1) 
(24) 

  2008 

Commodity 
derivatives 
£m 
1  
 (2) 
 – 
(1) 

Total 
£m 
(22) 
(2) 
(1) 
(25) 

Currency 
derivatives 
£m 
3 
– 
– 
3 

2007

Commodity 
derivatives 
£m 
(2) 
– 
– 
(2) 

Total 
£m
1
–
–
1

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
The following table identifies the movements in the cash flow hedging reserve during the year, including where gains and losses have been recognised in the  
income statement. 

Opening balance 
Gains/(losses) recognised in the hedging reserve  
Gains/(losses) arising in previous years that reversed  
Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included within the income  
statement due to settlement of contracts – recognised in:
– revenue 
– cost of sales 
Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included within a  
non-financial asset due to settlement of contracts – recognised in:
– inventory 
Deferred tax associated with movement in the hedging reserve   
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Closing balance 

Currency 
derivatives 
£m 
3 
(1) 
 (1) 

  2008 

Commodity 
derivatives 
£m 
(2) 
(9)  
1 

 (26) 
 3 

 (7) 
 7 
 (2) 
(24) 

1  
–  

5  
 – 
3  
(1) 

Currency 
derivatives 
£m 
3 
11 
– 

2007

Commodity 
derivatives 
£m 
3 
9 
– 

(3) 
– 

(8) 
 – 
– 
3 

– 
(16) 

– 
2 
– 
(2) 

Total 
£m 
 1 
 (10) 
 – 

 (25) 
 3 

 (2) 
 7 
 1 
(25) 

Total 
£m
6
20 
–

(3) 
(16)

(8)
2 
– 
1

d) Financial risk identification and management
The group is exposed to the following financial risks from its use of financial instruments:

• market risk;
• credit risk; and
• liquidity risk.

The group’s financial risk management process seeks to enable the early identification, evaluation and effective management of key risks facing the business.  
Risk management policies and systems have been established and are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the group’s activities.  
The group, through its standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their  
roles and obligations.

The group sources and sells products and manufactures goods in a wide variety of locations around the world. These operations expose the group to potentially 
significant price volatility in the financial and commodity markets. Trading and risk management teams have been established in the group’s major businesses to 
manage this exposure by entering into a range of products, including physical and financial forward contracts, futures, and, where appropriate, options. These teams 
work closely with group Treasury and report regularly to executive management.

Treasury operations and commodity procurement are conducted within a clearly defined framework of board-approved policies and guidelines to manage the group’s 
financial and commodity risks. Treasury works closely with the group’s procurement teams to manage commodity risks. Treasury policy seeks to ensure that adequate 
financial resources are available to the group at all times, for the management and development of the group’s businesses, whilst effectively managing its market risk 
and credit risk. The group’s risk management policy explicitly forbids the use of financial or commodity derivatives (outside its risk management framework of 
mitigating financial and commodity risks) for speculative purposes.

86 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

25. Financial instruments continued
e) Foreign currency translation
The group presents its financial statements in sterling. As a result of its diverse worldwide operations, the group is exposed to foreign currency translation risk where 
overseas operations have a functional currency other than sterling. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates impact the translation into sterling of both the income 
statement and net assets of these foreign operations.

Where appropriate, the group finances its operations by borrowing locally in the functional currency of its operations. This reduces net asset values reported in 
functional currencies other than sterling, thereby reducing the economic exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on translation.

The group also finances its operations by obtaining funding at group level through external borrowings, and where they are not in sterling, these borrowings are 
designated as net investment hedges. This enables gains and losses arising on retranslation of these foreign currency borrowings to be charged to equity, providing  
a partial offset in equity against the gains and losses arising on translation of the net assets of foreign operations.

The group does not actively hedge the translation impact of foreign exchange rate movements on the income statement (other than via the partial economic hedge 
arising from the servicing costs on non-sterling borrowings), nor does it use derivatives to hedge its net investments in foreign operations.

The group also designates certain of its intercompany loan arrangements as quasi-equity for the purposes of IAS 21. The effect of the designation is that any foreign 
exchange volatility arising within the borrowing entity and/or the lending entity is accounted for directly within equity.

The group has foreign currency borrowings that have been designated as hedges of its net investment in foreign operations in Euros and US dollars. The value of these 
financial liabilities used as hedging instruments at the balance sheet date was:

Euro 
US dollar   

2008 
£m 
285 
190 
475 

2007 
£m
248
167
415

The foreign exchange loss of £58m (2007 – £4m gain) on retranslation of these loans has been taken to the translation reserve on consolidation.

f) Market risk
Market risk is the risk of movements in the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument or forecast transaction as underlying market prices change.  
The group is exposed to changes in the market price of commodities, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These risks are known as ‘transaction’ (or recognised) 
exposures and ‘economic’ (or forecast) exposures.

(i) Commodity price risk
Commodity price risk arises from the procurement of raw materials and the consequent exposure to changes in market prices.

The group purchases a wide range of commodities in the ordinary course of business. Exposure to changes in the market price of certain of these commodities 
including wheat, edible oils, soya beans, meat and dairy, sugar raws, cocoa, rice, tea and energy is managed through the use of forward physical contracts and hedging 
instruments, including futures and options contracts, primarily to convert floating or indexed prices to fixed prices. The use of such contracts to hedge commodity 
exposures is governed by the group’s risk management policies and is continually monitored by group treasury. Commodity derivatives also provide a way to meet 
customers’ pricing requirements whilst achieving a price structure consistent with the group’s overall pricing strategy.

Some of the group’s commodity derivatives are treated as ‘own use’ contracts, which are outside the scope of IAS 39, since they are both entered into, and continue  
to be held, for the purposes of the group’s ordinary operations, and are not net settled (the group takes physical delivery of the commodity concerned). Own use 
contracts do not require accounting entries until the commodity purchase actually crystallises. Certain other commodity derivatives are accounted for as cash flow 
hedges where the forecast transaction is highly probable and the hedge is assessed as effective. The group obtains hedge accounting for the majority of these contracts. 
Some commodity derivatives are not eligible for treatment as ‘own use’ contracts and are not contracts for which the strict requirements of hedge accounting under 
IAS 39 are able to be satisfied. This occurs typically where the group does not take physical delivery of the commodity concerned. While such commodity derivatives 
are used only where the business believes they provide an economic hedge of an underlying exposure, formal hedge accounting may not be possible for reasons 
including: where the derivatives are in respect of a similar but different commodity to that being hedged; where exchange-traded derivatives are used that are not 
sufficiently close in all respects (for example quality attributes) to the business requirement; or where the exchange used is foreign to the business. Where hedge 
accounting for commodity derivatives within the scope of IAS 39 is not available, the instruments are classified as held for trading and are marked to market through 
the income statement.

The majority of the group’s forward physical contracts and commodity derivatives have original maturities of less than one year.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
Sensitivity analysis
The following sensitivity analysis shows the impact on the group’s results and the group’s equity of changes in commodity market prices as a result of entering  
into financial instruments (including derivatives). The only financial assets and liabilities expected to show any sensitivity in this respect are commodity derivatives.

The sensitivity chosen is a 20% increase in the forward curves for various commodity prices as if they had occurred on 13 September 2008. For as long as the group 
continues to make limited use of options, a 20% decrease in forward prices would produce a broadly equal and opposite impact on profit and equity to that shown.  
The movement of forward price curves by 20% is considered to be a reasonable approximation of how much markets might typically move, on average, over any  
given year, notwithstanding that the increases in some commodity prices during the past year have been significantly greater than this.

The sensitivity analysis addresses the impact on year end financial assets and liabilities, and is not an estimate of what profit might have been if commodity prices  
had been uniformly different throughout the year.

The following assumptions have been applied in the calculation of these sensitivities, which are presented before taxation and minority interests:

• all qualifying cash flow hedges at 13 September 2008 will continue to be fully effective in achieving cash flow hedge accounting; and
• commodity contracts that qualify for the ‘own use’ treatment continue to do so. This sensitivity therefore has no impact for these contracts.

20% increase in commodity prices 

(ii) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk comprises two primary elements:

Impact on  
profit for  
the year 
2008 
+/- £m 
4 

Impact on 
total equity 
2008 
+/- £m 
20 

Impact on 
profit for 
the year  
2007 
+/- £m 
3 

Impact on 
total equity 
2007 
+/- £m
5

•  interest price risk results from financial instruments bearing fixed interest rates. Changes in floating interest rates therefore affect the fair value of these fixed rate 

financial instruments; and 

• interest cash flow risk results from financial instruments bearing floating rates. Changes in floating interest rates affect cash flows on interest receivable or payable.

The group’s policy is to maintain floating rate debt for the majority of its bank finance, although it periodically assesses its position with respect to interest price and 
cash flow risk and interest rate swaps are sometimes entered into in more volatile markets.

At 13 September 2008, £222m (19%) (2007 – £181m and 25%) of total debt was subject to fixed rates of interest. A majority of the group’s fixed rate debt is 
accounted for by the £150m 103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013.

Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings bearing interest rates fixed in advance, for various time periods up to 12 months, by reference to official market rates  
(eg LIBOR).

Sensitivity analysis
Applying a 100 basis point parallel increase in the interest rate yield curve as if it had occurred on 13 September 2008 results in no impact on profit for the year or 
total equity (2007 – no impact on profit or total equity). The following assumptions have been applied in the calculation of this sensitivity, which is presented before 
taxation and minority interests:

•  the impact of this sensitivity has only been recorded for changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments which have their fair value gains and losses 

recorded within the financial statements, assets available for sale, and other current investments, as the group does not designate any other financial asset at fair 
value through profit or loss and these are the only significant financial instruments whose carrying amounts change as a result of changes in interest rates. All other 
financial instruments are carried at amortised cost;

•  no impact is recorded in respect of changes in interest rates on employee benefits (including pensions), or discount rates applied to financial instruments to record 

them at present value; and

•  all qualifying cash flow hedges at 13 September 2008 will continue to be fully effective in achieving cash flow hedge accounting.

88 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
25. Financial instruments continued
A second sensitivity analysis calculates the impact on profitability of a 100 basis point increase in interest rates on floating rate interest-bearing loans and overdrafts,  
and on cash and cash equivalents balances on which variable rates of interest are earned. The year end cash balance is deducted from the year end floating rate loans  
and overdrafts balance. This net floating rate borrowing figure is multiplied by 1%. In 2008, this equated to an interest expense of £6m before taxation and minority 
interests (2007 – £1m).

(iii) Foreign currency risk
The group conducts business worldwide and consequently in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates which 
affect the group’s transaction costs. The group also publishes its financial statements in sterling and is therefore exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates on 
the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations into sterling.

Translation risk is discussed in section e) above.

Transaction risk
Currency transaction exposure occurs where a business makes sales and purchases in a currency other than its functional currency. It also arises where monetary assets 
and liabilities of a business are not denominated in its functional currency, and where dividends or surplus funds are remitted from overseas. The group’s policy is to 
match transaction exposures wherever possible, and to hedge actual exposures and firm commitments as soon as they occur by using forward foreign currency 
contracts. All foreign currency instruments contracted with non-group entities to manage transaction exposures are undertaken by group treasury or, where foreign 
currency controls restrict group treasury acting on behalf of subsidiaries, under the guidance of group treasury. Identification of transaction exposures is the 
responsibility of each business.

The group uses derivatives (principally forward foreign currency contracts and time options) to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange rates on its foreign 
currency trade receivables and payables. The group does not seek formal fair value hedge accounting for such transaction hedges. Instead, such derivatives are classified 
as held for trading and marked to market through the income statement. This offsets the income statement impact of the retranslation of the foreign currency trade 
receivables and payables.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Economic (forecast) risk
The group also uses forward foreign currency contracts to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange rates on its highly probable forecast foreign currency sales 
and purchases on a rolling 12 month basis. The group does not formally define the proportion of highly probable forecast sales and purchases to hedge, but agrees an 
appropriate percentage on an individual basis with each business by reference to the group’s risk management policies and prevailing market conditions. The group 
documents currency derivatives used to hedge its forecast transactions as cash flow hedges. To the extent that cash flow hedges are effective, gains and losses are 
deferred in equity until the forecast transaction occurs, at which point the gains and losses are recycled either to the income statement or to the non-financial  
asset acquired.

The majority of the group’s currency derivatives have original maturities of less than one year.

The group’s most significant currency transaction exposures are:

• sugar prices in British Sugar UK and Poland to movements in the sterling/euro and Polish zloty/euro exchange rates respectively;
• sugar prices in Illovo to movements in the South African rand/US dollar/euro exchange rates; and
• sourcing for Primark – costs are denominated in a number of currencies, predominantly sterling, euros and US dollars.

Elsewhere, a number of businesses make sales and purchase a variety of raw materials in foreign currencies (primarily US dollars and euros), giving rise to transaction 
exposures. In all other material respects, businesses tend to operate in their functional currencies and, as a result, further transaction exposure to foreign currency 
exchange rate movements is modest.

The EU sugar restructuring scheme has modified the way in which the price of sugar beet is set in sterling for the UK and in Polish zlotys for Poland, resulting in  
changes to the net euro currency exposure of British Sugar in the UK and Poland. The group manages these currency exposures within its risk management framework  
to mitigate the effect of any changes to its currency exposure profile.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 89

 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
The analysis of the group’s foreign currency exposure to financial assets and liabilities by currency of denomination is as follows:

Sterling 
£m 

US dollar 
£m 

2008

Euro 
£m 

17  
85  
52  
– 
154 

(179) 
(1)  
(287)  
(1)  
– 
(468) 

51  
(344)  
(293) 

Other 
£m 

8  
8  
–  
– 
16 

(5)  
(44)  
–  
–  
– 
(49) 

 28 
 (16) 
12 

Total 
£m

52
109
53
1
215

(262)
(45)
(477)
(1)
(1)
(786)

549
(370) 
179

24  
15  
1  
1 
41 

(77)  
 – 
(190) 
 – 
(1) 
(268) 

 448 

(10)  
438 

3  
 1 
 – 
– 
4 

 (1) 
 – 
 – 
 – 
– 
 (1) 

22  
–  
22 

25 

211 

(607) 

(21) 

(392) 

Sterling 
£m 

US dollar 
£m 

2007

Euro 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Total 
£m

11 
1 
– 
– 
12 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

20 
– 
20 

32 

24 
9 
1 
1 
35 

(58) 
(11) 
(176) 
(1) 
(246) 

315 
(8) 
307 

7 
31 
– 
– 
38 

(212) 
(1) 
(251) 
– 
(464) 

26 
(1) 
25 

96 

(401) 

3 
6 
– 
– 
9 

(4) 
– 
– 
– 
(4) 

15 
(18) 
(3) 

2 

45 
47 
1 
1
94

(274) 
(12) 
(427) 
(1) 
(714)

376
(27)
349

(271)

financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other non-current receivables 
Non-currency derivatives 

financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Provisions 
Non-currency derivatives 

currency derivatives 
Gross amounts receivable 
Gross amounts payable 

financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other non-current receivables 
Non-currency derivatives 

financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Non-currency derivatives 

currency derivatives
Gross amounts receivable 
Gross amounts payable 

90 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
25. Financial instruments continued
The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

US dollar   
Euro 
Rand 
Renminbi 
Australian dollar 

Average rate 

Closing rate

2008 
1.98 
1.32 
14.67 
14.13 
2.18 

2007 
1.96 
1.48 
14.15 
15.19 
2.44 

2008 
1.79 
1.26 
14.34 
12.28 
2.18 

2007
2.01
1.45
14.35
15.09
2.38

Sensitivity analysis
The following sensitivity analysis illustrates the impact that a 10% strengthening of the group’s operating currencies against local functional currencies would have  
had on profit and equity. The analysis covers currency translation exposures at year end on businesses’ financial assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the 
functional currencies of those businesses. A similar but opposite impact would be felt on both profit and equity if the group’s main operating currencies weakened 
against local functional currencies by a similar amount.

The following assumption has been applied in the calculation of this sensitivity, which is presented before taxation and minority interests:

•  the exposure to foreign exchange gains and losses on translating the financial statements of subsidiaries into sterling is not included in this sensitivity analysis,  

as there is no impact on the income statement, and the gains and losses are recorded directly in the translation reserve in equity (see below for a separate sensitivity).

10% strengthening against other currencies of 
Sterling    
US dollar   
Euro 
Other 

Impact on  
profit for  
the year 
2008 
+/- £m 
– 
(4) 
1 
(3) 

Impact on 
total equity 
2008 
+/- £m 
(2) 
(55) 
(6) 
(3) 

Impact on 
profit for 
the year  
2007 
+/- £m 
1 
(8) 
(18) 
1 

Impact on 
total equity 
2007 
+/- £m
3
(39)
(43)
1

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A second sensitivity analysis calculates the impact on the group’s profit before tax if the average rates used to translate the results of the group’s foreign operations 
into sterling were adjusted to show a 10% strengthening of sterling. A similar but opposite impact would be felt on profit before tax if sterling weakened against the 
other currencies by a similar amount.

10% strengthening of sterling against 
US dollar   
Euro 
Rand 
Renminbi 
Australian dollar 

Impact on 
profit for 
the year  
2008 
+/- £m 
(3) 
(7) 
(5) 
(2) 

Impact on 
profit for 
the year  
2007 
+/- £m
(2)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)

 2

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
g) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that counterparties to financial instruments do not perform according to the terms of the contract or instrument. The group’s businesses are 
exposed to counterparty credit risk when dealing with customers, and from certain financing activities.

The immediate credit exposure of financial instruments is represented by those financial instruments that have a net positive fair value by counterparty at  
13 September 2008. The group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans and receivables (refer to note 25a) 
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
– other current investments 
– derivative financial assets 
Designated cash flow hedging relationships
– derivative financial assets 

2008 
£m 
348 
1,067 

2007 
£m
411
737

 9
 3

 1
 9

51 7

1,478 

1,165

The majority of cash balances and short-term deposits are held with strong investment grade banks or financial institutions.

As at 13 September 2008, there were no significant financial guarantees or third-party obligations that increased the credit risk of the financial assets set out above.

Although the group has seen no direct evidence of changes to the credit risk of its counterparties, the current focus on financial liquidity in all international markets  
has introduced increased financial volatility. The group uses market knowledge, changes in credit ratings and other techniques to identify significant changes to the 
financial profile of its counterparties.

Trade and other receivables
Concentrations of credit risk are limited as a result of the group’s large and diverse customer base. The group has established a credit policy applied by each business  
under which the credit status of each new customer is reviewed before credit is advanced. This includes external credit evaluations where possible and in some cases 
bank references. Credit limits are established for all significant or high risk customers, which represent the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding without 
requiring additional approval from the appropriate level of management. Outstanding debts are continually monitored by each business. Credit limits are reviewed on  
a regular basis, and at least annually. Customers that fail to meet the group’s benchmark creditworthiness may only transact with the group on a prepayment basis. 
Aggregate exposures are monitored at group level.

Many of the group’s customers have been transacting with the group for many years and the incidence of bad debts has been low. Where appropriate, goods are sold 
subject to retention of title so that, in the event of non-payment, the group may have a secured claim. The group does not typically require collateral in respect of 
trade and other receivables.

The group provides for impairment of financial assets including trade and other receivables based on known events, and makes a collective provision for losses yet to  
be identified, based on historical data. The majority of the provision comprises specific amounts.

92 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
25. Financial instruments continued
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables at the reporting date by geographic region of origin was:

UK 
Europe, Middle East & Africa 
The Americas 
Asia Pacific 

Trade receivables can be analysed as follows:

Not overdue 
Up to 1 month past due 
Between 1 and 2 months past due 
Between 2 and 3 months past due 
More than 3 months past due 
Provision for doubtful debts 
At 13 September 2008 

Based on past experience, the group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables that are not past due.

Trade and other receivables are stated net of the following provision for irrecoverable amounts:

Opening balance 
Amounts provided for during the year 
Amounts released during the year 
Amounts utilised during the year 
Acquisitions/(disposals) 
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Closing balance 

No trade and other receivables (2007 – none) were written off directly to the income statement in the year.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates fair value.

 1

2008 
£m 
407 
181 
169 
235 
992 

2008 
Gross 
£m 
659 
122  
34  
18  
37  
(43)  
827 

2008 
£m 
34  
11  
(1)  
(3) 
 –
1  –

43  

2007 
£m
309
132
120
174
735

2007 
Gross 
£m
472 
110 
18 
8 
44 
(34) 
618

2007 
£m
37 
7 
(6) 
(4)

34 

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
Cash, cash equivalents and other current investments
Banking relationships are generally limited to those banks that are members of the core relationship group. These banks are selected for their credit status, global reach 
and their ability to meet the businesses’ day-to-day banking requirements. The credit ratings of these institutions are monitored on a continuing basis. In locations 
where the core relationship banking group cannot be used, operating procedures including choice of bank, opening of bank accounts and repatriation of funds must be 
agreed with group Treasury. The group has not recorded impairments against cash, cash equivalents or other current investments, nor have any recoverability issues 
been identified with such balances. Such items are typically recoverable on demand or in line with normal banking arrangements.

Other financial assets
Other non-current investments are typically equity investments with no fixed maturity or recoverability date. No impairment issues have been identified with respect  
to other non-current investments.

Since derivative assets are recorded at fair value, either through profit and loss, for those not in a designated cash flow hedging relationship, or otherwise through the 
hedging reserve, no impairment issues have been identified.

h) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with its financial liabilities as they fall due. Group Treasury is 
responsible for monitoring and managing liquidity and ensures that the group has sufficient headroom in its committed facilities to meet unforeseen or abnormal 
requirements. The group also has access to uncommitted facilities to assist with short-term funding requirements.

Available headroom is monitored via the use of detailed cash flow forecasts prepared by each business, which are reviewed at least quarterly, or more often, as 
required. Actual results are compared to budget and forecast each period, and variances investigated and explained. Particular focus is given to management of  
working capital.

Details of the group’s borrowing facilities are given in section i).

The following table analyses the contractual undiscounted cash flows relating to financial liabilities at the balance sheet date and compares them to carrying amounts:

  Due between 

2008

Due within  
6 months 
£m 

Note 

6 months  Due between  Due between 
2 and 5 years 
£m 

1 and 2 years 
£m 

 and 1 year 
£m 

Due after 
5 years 
£m 

Contracted 
amount 
£m 

Carrying 
amount 
£m

non-derivative financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Secured redeemable debenture stock 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Finance lease liabilities 
Provisions 
derivative financial liabilities 
– Currency derivatives (net payments) 
– Commodity derivatives (net payments) 
– Interest rate derivatives (net payments) 
total financial liabilities 

19 
18 
18 
18 
26 
20 

 (1,181) 
 (8) 
 (17) 
 (243) 
(1)  
 (32) 

 (3) 
7 
(3) 
 (1,481) 

(53)  
(8)  
(7)  
(10)  
–  
(43)  

(9)  
14 
(3)  
(119) 

– 
(16)  
(60) 
(3)  
(1)  
(14)  

(1)  
7  
1  
(87) 

– 
(198) 
(53)  
(470)  
(3)  
(84)  

–  
– 
–  
(808) 

– 
–  
 – 
(121)  
(42)  
(1)  

–  
 – 
–  
(164) 

(1,234) 
(230) 
(137) 
(847) 
(47) 
(174) 

(13) 
28 
(5) 
(2,659) 

(1,234)
(150)
(137) 
(847) 
(14)
(174) 

(10)
(14) 
(1) 
(2,581)

94 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

25. Financial instruments continued

non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Secured redeemable debenture stock 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 
Finance lease liabilities 
Provisions 
derivative financial liabilities 
– Currency derivatives (net payments) 
– Commodity derivatives (net payments) 
– Interest rate derivatives (net payments) 
total financial liabilities 

  Due between 

2007

Due within  
6 months 
£m 

Note 

19 
18 
18 
18 
26 
20 

(1,036) 
(8) 
(2) 
(119) 
(1) 
(15) 

(1) 
7 
(2) 
(1,177) 

6 months  Due between  Due between 
2 and 5 years 
£m 

1 and 2 years 
£m 

 and 1 year 
£m 

(46) 
(8) 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(11) 

(2) 
1 
(3) 
(73) 

– 
(16) 
(3) 
– 
(1) 
(7) 

– 
– 
(6) 
(33) 

– 
(49) 
(15) 
(415) 
(3) 
(6) 

– 
– 
1 
(487) 

Due after 
5 years 
£m 

Contracted 
amount 
£m 

Carrying 
amount 
£m

– 
(166) 
(2) 
– 
(42) 
(1) 

– 
– 
– 
(211) 

(1,082) 
(247) 
(24) 
(535) 
(48) 
(40) 

(3) 
8 
(10) 
(1,981) 

(1,082)
(150)
(24)
(535)
(14)
(40)

(22)
(3)
(1)
(1,871)

The above tables do not include forecast data for liabilities which may be incurred in the future but which were not contracted at 13 September 2008. 

The principal reasons for differences between carrying values and contractual undiscounted cash flows are coupon payments on the secured redeemable debenture 
stock to which the group is already committed, future interest payments on the group’s finance leases, and cash flows on derivative financial instruments which are not 
aligned with their fair value.

i) Borrowing facilities
The group has substantial borrowing facilities available to it. The undrawn committed facilities available at 13 September 2008 in respect of which all conditions 
precedent have been met amounted to £219m (2007 – £269m):

US$1.2bn syndicated facility  
British Sugar secured redeemable debenture stock  
European Investment Bank 
Zambia sugar facilities 
Other 

Uncommitted facilities available at 13 September 2008 were:

Money market lines  
Illovo facilities 
Other 

Facility 
£m 
671 
150 
120 
101 
65 
1,107 

Facility 
£m 
160 
186 
238 
584 

2008 

Drawn 
£m 
469 
150 
120 
101 
48 
888 

2008 

Drawn 
£m 
28 
63 
155 
246 

Undrawn 
£m 
202 
– 
– 
– 
17 
219 

Undrawn 
£m 
132 
123 
83 
338 

Facility 
£m 
598 
150 
– 
– 
108 
856 

Facility 
£m 
160 
187 
109 
456 

  2007

Drawn 
£m 
412 
150 
– 
– 
25 
587 

  2007

Drawn 
£m 
– 
65 
71 
136 

Undrawn 
£m
186
–
– 
– 
83
269

Undrawn 
£m
160
122
38
320

In addition to the above facilities there are also £93m (2007 – £89m) of undrawn and available credit lines for the purposes of issuing letters of credit and guarantees  
in the normal course of business.

The group also has £14m (2007 – £14m) of finance lease liabilities which are not included in the tables above, but which are included in the group’s interest-bearing 
loans and overdrafts in note 18.

Since the year end, the Company has negotiated an additional committed three-year £320m borrowing facility with its existing banking group. The new facility will  
be used for general corporate purposes.

Uncommitted bank borrowing facilities are normally reaffirmed by the banks annually, although they can theoretically be withdrawn at any time.

Refer to note 9 for details of the group’s capital commitments and to note 27 for a summary of the group’s guarantees. An assessment of the group’s current liquidity 
position is given in the ‘Financial review’ section of the annual report on page 17.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

25. Financial instruments continued
j) Capital management
The capital structure of the group is presented in the balance sheet. Note 21 provides details on equity and note 18 on loans and overdrafts. Short and medium-term 
funding requirements are provided by a variety of loan and overdraft facilities, both committed and uncommitted, with a range of counterparties and maturities. 
Longer term funding is sourced from a combination of these facilities and committed syndicated loan facilities.

The board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to enable successful future development of the 
business. The board monitors return on capital by division and determines the overall level of dividends payable to shareholders.

From time to time, the group purchases its own shares in the market. The shares are purchased to satisfy awards under the group’s share option scheme and long-term 
incentive plan. Once purchased, shares are not sold back into the market. The group does not have a defined share buy-back plan.

There were no changes to the group’s approach to capital management during the year. Neither the company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally 
imposed capital requirements.

26. Lease commitments
Operating leases
The group acts as a lessee, lessor and sub-lessor for both land and buildings and plant & machinery under operating leases.

Sublease receipts of £3m (2007 – £3m) were recognised in the income statement in the period, the majority relating to operating leases. The total of future minimum 
sublease receipts expected to be received is £29m (2007 – £18m).

Under the terms of the lease agreements, no contingent rents are payable.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

Finance leases
Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows:

Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

2008  
 £m  
87 
308 
1,130 
1,525 

 2007 
 £m
62
216
932
1,210

Minimum 
lease 
payments 
2008 
£m 
1 

 3

42 
47 

 4

Interest 
2008 
£m 
– 
 1

30 
33 

Principal 
2008 
£m 
1 

12 
14 

Minimum 
lease 
payments 
2007 
£m 
2 
4 
42 
48 

Interest  
2007 
 £m  
1 
3 
30 
34 

 Principal 
2007 
 £m
1
1
12
14

96 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27. Contingencies 
Litigation and other proceedings against companies in the group are not considered material in the context of these financial statements.

The group has not adopted the amendments to IAS 39 in relation to financial guarantee contracts which apply for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2006. 
Where group companies enter into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other group companies, the group considers these to be insurance 
arrangements and accounts for them as such in accordance with IFRS 4. In this respect, the guarantee contract is treated as a contingent liability until such time as it 
becomes probable that the relevant group company issuing the guarantee will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

As at 13 September 2008, group companies have provided guarantees in the ordinary course of business amounting to £196m (2007 – £177m).

28. Related parties
The group has a controlling related party relationship with its parent company, which is also its ultimate parent company (see note 30). The group also has  
a related party relationship with its associates and joint ventures (see note 11) and with its directors. In the course of normal operations, related party transactions  
entered into by the group have been contracted on an arm’s-length basis.

Material transactions and year end balances with related parties were as follows:

Charges to Wittington Investments Limited in respect of services provided by the Company
and its subsidiary undertakings 
Dividends paid by ABF and received in a beneficial capacity by:
(i) Trustees of the Garfield Weston Foundation 
(ii) Directors of Wittington Investments Limited who are not trustees of the Foundation 
(iii)  Directors of the Company who are not trustees of the Foundation and are not 

directors of Wittington Investments Limited 

(iv) a member of the Weston family employed within the ABF group 
Sales to fellow subsidiary undertakings on normal trading terms  
Sales to a company with common key management personnel   
Amounts due from fellow subsidiary undertakings on normal trading terms 
Amounts due from a company with common key management personnel 
Sales to joint ventures and associates on normal trading terms   
Purchases from joint ventures and associates on normal trading terms 
Amounts due from joint ventures and associates 
Amounts due to joint ventures and associates 

Sub note 

 2008  
 £’000  

 2007 
 £’000

271 

162

6,063 
780 

15 
576 
2,438 
3,551 
872 
332 
25,087 
78,929 
13,270 
4,438 

5,220
753

13
553
2,382
3,120
602
411
39,908
56,451
1,907
4,560

 1

 2

 3

 4

 5

 4

 5

 6

 6

 6

 6

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  The Garfield Weston Foundation (‘the Foundation’) is an English charitable trust, established in 1958 by the late W Garfield Weston. The Foundation has no  
direct interest in the Company, but as at 13 September 2008 held 683,073 shares (2007 – 683,073 shares) in Wittington Investments Limited representing  
79.2% (2007 – 79.2%) of that company’s issued share capital and is, therefore, the Company’s ultimate controlling party. At 13 September 2008 trustees  
of the Foundation comprised two children and two grandchildren of the late W Garfield Weston and five children of the late Garry H Weston.

2.  Details of the directors are given on pages 18 and 19. Their beneficial interests, including family interests, in the Company and its subsidiary undertakings  
are given on page 33. Key management personnel are considered to be the directors, and their remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration report  
on page 31.

3.  A member of the Weston family who is employed by the group and is not a director of the Company or Wittington Investments Limited and is not a Trustee  

of the Foundation.

4.  The fellow subsidiary undertaking is Fortnum and Mason plc.
5. The company with common key management personnel is George Weston Limited, in Canada.
6.  Details of the group’s principal joint ventures and associates are set out in note 30.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

29. Subsequent events
On 28 October 2008 the group announced the creation of Stratas Foods, a joint venture with Archer Daniels Midland Company (‘ADM’) for the manufacture, 
marketing and distribution of packaged oil products in the US and Canada. ABF and ADM will each hold a 50% share in the joint venture, which will be 
headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee.

ABF will contribute US$38m of assets from the ACH oils business, primarily in the form of trademarks, whilst ADM will contribute packaging equipment at four  
of its facilities in the US. The business contributed by ABF generated operating profit of US$20m in the year ended 15 September 2007.

98 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

30. Group entities 
Control of the group
The largest group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is that headed by Wittington Investments Limited, the accounts of which are available  
at Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ. It is the ultimate holding company, is incorporated in Great Britain and is registered in England.

At 13 September 2008 Wittington Investments Limited together with its subsidiary, Howard Investments Limited, held 431,515,108 ordinary shares  
(2007 – 431,515,108) representing in aggregate 54.5% (2007 – 54.5%) of the total issued ordinary share capital of Associated British Foods plc.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Significant subsidiaries
A list of the group’s significant subsidiaries is given below. The entire share capital of the companies listed is held within the group except where percentages are shown. 
These percentages give the group’s ultimate interest and therefore allow for the situation where subsidiaries are owned by partly owned intermediate subsidiaries.

manufacturing activities 
AB Agri Limited 
AB Brasil Industria e comercio de Alimentos LTDA 
AB Enzymes GmbH 
AB Enzymes Oy 
ABF Grain Products Limited 
AB Food & Beverages Australia Pty Ltd 
AB Food & Beverages Philippines, Inc. 
AB Food & Beverages (Thailand) Limited 
AB Mauri Food, S.A. 
AB Mauri India (Private) Limited 
Abitec Corporation 
ABNA (Shanghai) Feed Co., Ltd  
AB World Foods Limited 
ACH Food Companies, Inc. 
Alimentos Capullo.S.de R.L.de C.V. 
Anzchem Pty Limited 
British Sugar (Overseas) Limited 
British Sugar plc 
BSO Polska S.A. (98%) 
Calsa de Colombia S.A.S. 
Cereform Limited 
Compania Argentina de Levaduras S.A.I.C 
Food Investments Limited 
Foods International S.A.S.  
G. Costa and Company Limited 
George Weston Foods Limited 
George Weston Foods (NZ) Limited  
Germain’s (Ireland) Limited 
Germain’s Technology Group NA Inc. 
Germain’s Technology Group Polska Sp. z.o.o. 
Guangxi Bo Hua Food Co., Ltd (71%) 
Guangxi Boqing Food Co., Ltd (60%) 
Guangxi Boxuan Food Co., Ltd (70%) 
Harbin Mauri Yeast Co., Ltd (85%) 
Hebei Mauri Food Co., Ltd 
Illovo Sugar Limited (51%) 
Illovo Sugar (Malawi) Limited (39%) 

country of incorporation
UK
Brazil
Germany
Finland
UK
Australia
Philippines
Thailand
Spain
India
US
China
UK
US
Mexico
Australia
UK
UK
Poland
Colombia
UK
Argentina
UK
France
UK
Australia
New Zealand
Republic of Ireland
US
Poland
China
China
China
China
China
South Africa
Malawi

manufacturing activities 
Innovative Cereal Systems LLC. 
Jacksons of Piccadilly Limited 
Kilombero Sugar Company Limited (28%) 
Liaoning Liaohe Aimin Feed Co., Ltd 
Liaoning Liaohe Yingpeng Feed Co., Ltd 
Maragra Acucar SARL (38%) 
Mauri Fermentos, SA 
Mauri Lanka (Private) Limited 
Mauri La-Nga Fermentation Co., Ltd (66%) 
Mauri Maya Sanayi A.S. 
Mauri Products Limited 
Nambarrie Tea Company Limited  
Patak’s Breads Limited 
Premier Nutrition Products Limited 
R. Twining & Co., Ltd 
R. Twining and Company Limited 
Serrol Ingredients Pty Limited 
Shanghai AB Food & Beverages Co., Ltd 
SPI Pharma S.A.S. 
SPI Pharma Inc. 
The Billington Food Group Limited 
The Ryvita Company Limited (62%) 
Twinings North America Inc. 
Ubombo Sugar Limited (31%) 
Wander AG 
W. Jordan & Son (Silo) Limited (62%) 
Yeast Products Company (60%) 
Zambia Sugar plc (46%) 
retailing activities 
Primark 
Primark Stores Limited 
Primark Tiendas S.L.U. 
investment and other activities
ABF European Holdings & Co SNC 
ABF Investments plc 
Talisman Guernsey Limited 

country of incorporation
US
UK
Tanzania
China
China
Mozambique
Portugal
Sri Lanka
Vietnam
Turkey
UK
UK
UK
UK
US
UK
Australia
China
France
US
UK
UK
US
Swaziland
Switzerland
UK
Republic of Ireland
Zambia

Republic of Ireland
UK
Spain

Luxembourg
UK
Guernsey, Channel Islands

The group’s interest in subsidiaries are all equity investments.

British Sugar (Overseas) Limited operates subsidiaries and joint ventures in Europe and Asia. Other than this company, each subsidiary operates mainly in its country  
of incorporation.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 99

 
Notes forming part of the financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

30. Group entities continued
Interest in joint ventures and associates
A list of the group’s significant interests in joint ventures and associates is given below: 

Australasian Lupin Processing Pty Ltd 
C. Czarnikow Limited 
Chiltern Bakeries Limited 
Frontier Agriculture Limited 
Harper-Love Adhesives Corporation 
Levaduras Collico S.A. 
Murray Bridge Bacon Pty Ltd 
New Food Coatings Pty Ltd 
Qingdao Xinghua Cereal Oil & Foodstuff Co., Ltd  
Roal Oy   
Vivergo Fuels Limited 

Country of 
incorporation 
Australia 
UK 
UK 
UK 
US 
  Chile 
Australia 
Australia 
  China 
 Finland 
UK 

Issued ordinary 
share capital 
Total 
A$560,000 
£1,000,000 
£100 
£36,001,000 
US$912,200 
CLP1,834,390,000 
A$11,040,200 
A$150,000 
  CNY24,844,000 
c3,196,000 
£48,712,000 

Group %
50
43
44
50
50
50
20
50
30
50
45

There is no significant loan capital in any of the joint ventures or associates. Each joint venture and associate carries out manufacturing and food processing activities 
and operates mainly in its country of incorporation.

The companies listed herein are those subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the directors, principally affected 
the figures shown in these annual accounts as a list of all group companies would result in information of excessive length being given. A full list of subsidiaries will 
be annexed to the next annual return of Associated British Foods plc delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

31. Accounting estimates and judgements
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
In applying the accounting policies detailed on pages 52 to 57, management has made appropriate estimates in many areas and the actual outcome may differ from 
those calculated. The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date that have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are:

Forecasts and discount rates
The carrying values of a number of items on the balance sheet are dependent on estimates of future cash flows arising from the group’s operations which, in some 
circumstances, are discounted to arrive at a net present value:

•  The carrying value of goodwill must be assessed for impairment at least annually and also when there is an indication that it may be impaired. This assessment 
involves comparing the book value of goodwill with its recoverable amount (being the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell). Value in use  
is determined with reference to projected future cash flows discounted at an appropriate rate. Both the projected future cash flows and the discount rate applied 
involve a significant degree of estimation uncertainty.

•  The realisation of deferred tax assets recognised in the balance sheet is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits in the jurisdictions in which 
the deferred tax assets arise. The group recognises deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will be recovered, based on an assessment of the 
likelihood of there being sufficient taxable profits in the future.

Post-retirement benefits
The group’s defined benefit pension schemes and similar arrangements are assessed annually in accordance with IAS 19. The accounting valuation, which has been 
assessed using assumptions determined with independent actuarial advice, resulted in an asset of £106m and a liability of £45m being recognised as at 13 September 
2008. The size of these assets and liabilities is sensitive to the market value of the assets held by the schemes, to the discount rate used in assessing actuarial liabilities, 
to the actuarial assumptions which include price inflation, rates of pension and salary increases, mortality and other demographic assumptions and to the level of 
contributions. Further details are included in note 12.

Provisions
As described in the accounting policies on pages 52 to 57, provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation  
at the balance sheet date. These estimates are made taking into account a range of possible outcomes.

100 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31. Accounting estimates and judgements continued
Property, plant & equipment residual values and useful lives
These assets are written down to their estimated residual values over their anticipated useful lives using the straight-line basis. Management reviews residual values 
annually considering market conditions and projected disposal values. In assessing useful lives, maintenance programmes and technological innovations are 
considered. The carrying value of property, plant & equipment is disclosed in note 9.

Biological assets
Cane roots valuation – the escalated average cost of planting cane roots is adjusted for the remaining expected life. This requires an estimation by management  
of the average number of ratoons expected from the crop. The carrying value of cane roots is disclosed in note 10.

Growing cane valuation – growing cane is valued using the estimated sucrose content at the estimated sucrose price for the following season, less the estimated costs 
for harvesting and transport. The estimated sucrose content requires management to assess the expected cane and sucrose yields for the following season considering 
weather conditions and harvesting programmes. In assessing the estimated sucrose price, management is required to assess into which markets the forthcoming crop 
will be sold and assess domestic and export prices as well as the related foreign currency exchange rates. The carrying value of growing cane is disclosed in note 10.

Cash flow hedge accounting
The group enters into various types of hedging or forward contacts for the buying and selling of currencies and commodities. The contracts often fall within the 
scope of IAS 39 and accordingly have to be marked to market. Where appropriate, these contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges, which allows, to the extent 
the hedges are effective, the change in values of the derivatives to be deferred in equity. In order to achieve and maintain cash flow hedge accounting, it is necessary 
for the group to determine, at inception and on an ongoing basis, whether a forecast transaction is highly probable and whether the hedge is effective. This requires 
both subjective and objective measures of determination.

Exceptional items
The directors consider that items of income or expense which are material by virtue of their nature and amount should be disclosed separately if the financial 
statements are to fairly present the financial position and financial performance of the entity. The directors label these items collectively as ‘exceptional items’. 
Determining which transactions are to be considered exceptional in nature is often a subjective matter. However, circumstances that the directors believe would  
give rise to exceptional items for separate disclosure might include major business restructurings, impairments and reversals of impairments.

All exceptional items are included in the appropriate income statement line item to which they relate. In addition, for clarity, separate disclosure is made of all 
exceptional items in one column on the face of the income statement, with additional explanation in the notes.

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Taxation
The income tax expense recorded in the income statement is dependent on the tax rates in effect at the balance sheet date, unless new tax rates have been enacted 
or substantively enacted.

The level of current and deferred tax recognised is also dependent on subjective judgements as to the outcome of decisions to be made by the tax authorities in the 
various tax jurisdictions around the world in which the group operates. It is necessary to consider the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised based  
on an assessment of the extent to which they are regarded as recoverable.

Fair values on acquisition
The group is required to bring acquired assets and liabilities on to the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value. Items of plant and equipment and the associated 
property interests often have long operating lives, hence determination of the fair values can require a significant degree of judgement. Acquisitions often also result 
in significant intangible benefits being brought into the group, some of which qualify for recognition as intangible assets. Other such benefits do not meet the 
recognition requirements of accounting standards and form part of goodwill. Significant judgement can be required in the assessment and valuation of these 
intangible assets, often with reference to internal data and models. Professional valuers are engaged where it is deemed appropriate to do so. Fair values on major 
acquisitions are disclosed in note 22.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 101

 
Company balance sheet

at 13 September 2008

fixed assets
Intangible assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 

current assets
Debtors
– due within one year 
– due after one year 
Current asset investments 
Cash at bank and in hand 

creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Bank loans and overdrafts – unsecured 
Other creditors 
Provisions 

net current assets 
total assets less current liabilities 
creditors: amounts falling due after one year
Bank loans – unsecured 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 

net assets excluding pension liability 
Net pension liability 
net assets 

capital and reserves
Called up share capital 
Profit and loss reserve including pension reserve 
equity shareholders’ funds 

Note 

2008 
£m 

44 
444 
488 

2,239 
1,372 

 4

 –
 4

2007 
£m

49
434
483 

2,203
1,199
41

3,615 

3,447

(34) 
(1,067) 
(2) 
(1,103) 
2,512 
3,000 

(589) 
(2,119) 
(2,708) 
292 
(6) 
286 

47 
239 
286 

(1)
(1,310)
–
(1,311)
2,136
2,619

(412)
(1,887)
(2,299)
 320 
(4)
316 

47
269
316 

 1

 2

 3

 3

 4

 5

 6

 5

 7

 7

The financial statements on pages 102 to 107 were approved by the board of directors on 4 November 2008 and were signed on its behalf by:  
Martin Adamson, Chairman and John Bason, Director.

102 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of movements in equity shareholders’ funds

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Profit for the financial year 
Net decrease/(increase) in own shares held 
Dividends 
net reduction in equity shareholders’ funds 
Opening equity shareholders’ funds  
closing equity shareholders’ funds 

 8

2008 
£m 
118 

(156) 
(30) 
316 
286 

2007 
£m
118
(8)
(150)
(40) 
356
316

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting policies

for the year ended 13 September 2008

Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared under the historical cost convention, except that derivative 
financial instruments are stated at their fair value, and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards (UK GAAP) and the Companies Act 1985.

As permitted by s230(4) of the Companies Act 1985, a separate profit and loss account for the Company has not been included in these financial statements. As permitted  
by FRS 1, no cash flow statement for the Company has been included on the grounds that the group includes the Company in its own published consolidated financial 
statements. As permitted by FRS 8, no related party disclosures for the Company have been included.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in FRS 25, Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation, not to prepare a note to the financial statements 
relating to financial instruments as the information is available in the published financial statements of the group.

Intangible assets – goodwill
Intangible assets consist of goodwill arising on acquisitions since 17 September 1998, being the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration of new 
subsidiaries over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is capitalised in accordance with FRS 10 and amortised over its useful life, not exceeding 20 years. 
Goodwill previously written off against reserves has not been reinstated.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are reported at cost less any provision for impairment.

Financial instruments
All financial assets and financial liabilities are measured initially at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter at amortised cost. 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The Company operates defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. Contributions to the defined contribution scheme are charged to the profit and  
loss account as they become payable. The principal defined benefit scheme is a multi-employer scheme and the Company is unable to identify its share of underlying 
assets and liabilities on a consistent and reasonable basis. Hence, contributions to this scheme are accounted for as if they were contributions to a defined contribution 
scheme. The Company has one small unfunded defined benefit scheme which it accounts for in accordance with FRS 17 using the advice of professional actuaries. The 
amount charged to the profit and loss account is the cost of benefits accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements granted to members during 
the year. It also includes a charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities over the year. The present value of plan liabilities is disclosed as a liability on the 
balance sheet net of any related deferred tax.

Share-based payments
The Share Incentive Plan allows employees of the Company to receive allocations of shares to be distributed subject to attainment of certain financial performance 
criteria and typically after a three-year performance period. The fair value of the shares to be awarded is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding 
increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the shares.  
The fair value of the shares allocated is measured taking into account the terms and conditions under which the shares were allocated. The amount recognised as an 
expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of shares that vest.

Where the Company grants allocations of shares to employees of its subsidiaries, these are accounted for on the same basis as for allocations to employees of the 
Company, except that the fair value is recognised as an increase to investment in subsidiaries with a corresponding increase in reserves.

The Share Option Scheme (1994) and Executive Share Option Scheme (2000) allow executives to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of options granted  
is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
executives become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using a binomial lattice model, taking into account the  
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest 
except where forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting.

Shares in the Company are held in a separate trust and are shown at cost as a deduction in arriving at equity shareholders’ funds.

104 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

Notes to the Company financial statements

for the year ended 13 September 2008

1. Intangible assets – goodwill

cost
At 15 September 2007 and 13 September 2008 
amortisation 
At 15 September 2007 
Provided during the year 
At 13 September 2008 
net book value
Net book value at 15 September 2007 
Net book value at 13 September 2008 

2. Investments in subsidiaries

At 15 September 2007 
Additions 
At 13 September 2008 

Additions relate to allocations of shares under the Share Incentive Plan to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries.

There were no provisions for impairment in either year.

3. Debtors

amounts falling due within one year
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 
Other debtors 
Corporation tax recoverable 

amounts falling due after one year
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of debtors approximates their fair value. 

4. Current asset investments

cost
Unlisted investments 

Current asset investments comprise interest-bearing instruments and deposits. Market and redemption values are equal to cost.

£m

71

 22
5
 27

49
 44

£m
434
10
444

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m

2,208 

2,175

 5

 7

26 
2,239 

21
2,203

1,372 

1,199

2008 
£m 

 –

2007 
£m

41

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 13 September 2008

5. Other creditors

amounts falling due within one year
Other taxation and social security 
Accruals and deferred income 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 

amounts falling due after one year
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of creditors approximates their fair value. 

6. Provisions

At 15 September 2007 
Created   
At 13 September 2008 

 1

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m

 1

16 
1,050 
1,067 

14
1,295
 1,310

2,119 

1,887

 –
 2

£m

 2

The restructuring provision relates to the cash costs, including redundancy, associated with the Company’s reorganisation plans and is expected to be utilised in 2008/9.

7. Capital and reserves

authorised
At 15 September 2007 and 13 September 2008 
issued and fully paid
At 15 September 2007 and 13 September 2008 

 Deferred  
 shares of  
 £1 each  
 ’000  

 Ordinary 
 shares of 
515⁄22p  
 each  
 ’000  

2,000 

1,054,950 

2,000 

791,674 

 Nominal  
 value 
 £m 

62

47

The deferred shares became redeemable on 1 August 1997. The amount payable by the Company on redemption is the amount paid up on the deferred shares. 
Redemption is at the sole discretion of the Company.

Deferred shares carry no voting rights and have no rights to dividends or other income distributions. In the event of a winding-up, repayment in respect of the deferred 
shares ranks after repayment of amounts paid up on the ordinary shares of the Company. The deferred shares are entitled to repayment of amounts paid up, but have  
no entitlement to any surplus.

At 15 September 2007 
Net movement in own shares held 
Profit for the year 
Dividends 
At 13 September 2008 

Share capital 
£m 
47 
– 
– 
– 
47 

Profit and 
loss reserve 
£m 
269 
8 
118 
(156) 
239 

Total 
£m
316
8
118
(156)
286

Dividends
Details of dividends paid and proposed are provided in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Own shares held reserve and share-based payments
Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the Associated British Foods 1994 Share Option Scheme and the Executive Share Option Scheme 2000,  
or subject to allocation under the Associated British Foods plc Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003, are held in a separate trust. The trust is funded by the Company.  
At 13 September 2008, the trust held 2,102,133 (2007 – 1,929,243) ordinary shares of the Company. The market value of these shares at the year end was £17m  
(2007 – £15m). The trust has waived its right to dividends. Refer to note 23 of the consolidated financial statements for further information on the group and 
Company’s share-based payment plans.

106 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Contingent liabilities
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its group, the Company considers these to  
be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The guarantee contract is treated as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the 
Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

The Company has no outstanding guarantees provided in the ordinary course of business as at 13 September 2008 (2007 – £nil).

9. Other information
Emoluments of directors
The remuneration of the directors of the Company is shown in the Remuneration report for the group on pages 31 and 32.

Employees
The Company had an average of 91 employees in 2008 (2007 – 87).

employee benefits expense 
Wages and salaries 
Social security contributions 
Contributions to defined contribution schemes 
Charge for defined benefit schemes 

2007 
£m
11

2008 
£m 
12 

 2
 –
 1

 2
 1
 1

16 

14

F
i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Company is a member of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme, providing benefits based on final pensionable pay. Prior to 6 April 2006 some of the 
employees of the Company were members of the British Sugar Pension Scheme. On 6 April 2006, the British Sugar Pension Scheme was merged with the Associated 
British Foods Pension Scheme. Because the Company is unable to identify its share of the scheme’s assets and liabilities on a consistent basis, as permitted by FRS 17,  
the scheme is accounted for by the Company as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

On 30 September 2002 the Scheme was closed to new members, with defined contribution arrangements introduced for these members. For the defined contribution 
scheme, the pension costs are the contributions payable.

The last actuarial valuations of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme and the British Sugar Pension Scheme were carried out as at 5 April 2005 and 1 October 
2004 respectively. At the valuation dates the total market value of the assets of the Schemes was £1,869m and represented 97% of the benefits that had accrued to 
members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings.

The particulars of the actuarial valuation of the Scheme are contained in note 12 in the consolidated financial statements. There is no material difference in the 
valuation methodologies under IAS 19 and FRS 17.

Auditors’ fees
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of the group provides details of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors on a group basis.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 // 107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Progress report

Saturday nearest to 15 September

Revenue   
Adjusted operating profit 
Exceptional items 
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles 
Profits less losses on sale of property, plant & equipment 
Profits less losses on sale of businesses 
Provision for loss on termination of an operation 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Other financial income 
Profit before taxation 
Income tax expense 
Profit after taxation 
Minority interests 
Profit for the period 

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence) 
Adjusted earning per share (pence) 
Dividends per share (pence) 

The results pre-2005 have not been restated for IFRS. 

2004 
£m 
5,165  
 478  
 –  
(46) 
 8  
 7  
 –  
59 
(23) 
11 
 494 
(146) 
 348  
(6) 
 342  

 43.3  
 46.6  
 16.4  

2005 
£m 
5,622 
555 
– 
(25) 
20 
(1) 
(47) 
49 
(34) 
10 
 527 
(141) 
386 
– 
386 

48.0 
52.5 
18.0 

2006 
£m 
5,996 
561 
(97)  
(41) 
10 
(4)  
(8) 
32 
(46) 
12 
 419 
(111) 
 308 
– 
 308 

38.1 
 50.9 
18.75 

2007 
£m 
6,800 
622 
– 
(74) 
8 
(39) 5
– –
20 
(55) 
26 
508 
(108) 
400 
– –
400 

46.7 
52.9 
19.5 

2008 
£m
8,235
664
(46)
(74)
10

21
(74)
21
527
(136)
391

391

45.2
54.9
20.25

108 // Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights 2008

£8.2bn

up 21%

£664m

up 7%

Group revenue

Adjusted operating profit*

£632m

up 3%

54.9p

up 4%

Adjusted profit before tax**

Adjusted earnings per share** 

20.25p

up 4% 

Dividends per share

£710m

Net investment in capital 
expenditure and acquisitions

£791m

£554m

 level  

Net debt

Operating profit

£527m

up 4% 

45.2p

down 3% 

Profit before tax

Basic earnings per share

Business highlights
·  KR Castlemaine acquired in Australia –  
   meat and dairy reorganisation announced
·  Patak’s and Blue Dragon integration complete
·  Jordans merged with Ryvita
·  Beet sugar business built in north east China
·  Zambian sugar expansion well under way
·  Primark expansion in Spain

*   before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on the sale of 

PP&E and exceptional items 

**  before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on the sale of 

PP&E, profits less losses on the sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items 

this report contains forward-looking 
statements. these have been made by 
the directors in good faith based on 
the information available to them up 
to the time of their approval of this 
report. the directors can give no 
assurance that these expectations  
will prove to have been correct. 
due to the inherent uncertainties, 
including both economic and business 
risk factors underlying such forward-
looking information, actual results may 
differ materially from those expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking 
statements. the directors undertake 
no obligation to update any forward-
looking statements whether as a result 
of new information, future events  
or otherwise.

Design & Production  
35 communications 

Photography  
Igor emmerich 
louisa parry 
Graham shearer

Print 
this report has been printed on revive 
50:50 silk paper. 

this paper is made from pre and post 
consumer waste and virgin wood fibre, 
independently certified in accordance 
with the Fsc (Forest stewardship 
council). It is manufactured at a  
mill that is certified to Iso14001 
environmental management standards.
the pulp is bleached using an 
elemental chlorine free (ecF) process. 
the inks used are all vegetable oil based.

printed at st Ives Westerham press ltd, 
Iso14001, Fsc certified and 
carbonneutral®

Associated British Foods plc  
Registered office Weston centre  
10 Grosvenor street london W1K 4QY  
company registered in england, 
number 293262

Company secretary  
paul lister 

Registrars and transfer office  
equiniti (formerly lloyds tsB Registrars)  
Aspect House  
spencer Road  
lancing Bn99 6dA 

Auditors  
KpMG Audit plc chartered Accountants 

Bankers  
Barclays Bank plc  
lloyds tsB Bank plc  
the Royal Bank of scotland plc 

Brokers  
credit suisse  
one cabot square london e14 4QJ 

panmure Gordon & co  
Moorgate Hall  
155 Moorgate london ec2M 6XB 

Timetable  
Interim dividend paid  
3 July 2008 

Final dividend to be paid  
9 January 2009 

Annual general meeting  
5 december 2008 

Interim results to be announced  
21 April 2009 

Website  
www.abf.co.uk 

 
A
s
s
o
c
i
a
t
e
d
B
r
i
t
i
s
h
F
o
o
d
s
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
8

AnnuAl RepoRt And Accounts 

A look at ABF’s brand portfolio

Primark’s expansion across Europe gathers pace

FARMING IN 
HARMONY WITH 
THE COUNTRYSIDE

AB AGRI’S WINNING FORMULA  
IN VOLATILE TIMES

YEAST: 
A BEGINNER’S 
GUIDE TO THE  
MAGIC INGREDIENT
WHAT IS IT AND HOW IS IT MADE?

Associated British Foods plc

Weston centre 
10 Grosvenor street 
london W1K 4QY

t 020 7399 6500 
F 020 7399 6580

For an accessible version of the 
Annual Report and Accounts 
please visit www.abf.co.uk